A dictionary of the Maori language

Material Information

A dictionary of the Maori language
Williams, H. W ( Herbert William ), 1860-1937
Polynesian Society
Place of Publication:
Marcus F. Marks, Government Printer
Publication Date:
Physical Description:
xxi, (3), 590p ; 22 cm


Subjects / Keywords:
Maori language ( lcsh )
Maori Language -- Dictionaries ( lcsh )
Reo Māori
dictionary ( marcgt )
Spatial Coverage:
Oceania -- New Zealand
Ao-o-Kiwa -- Aotearoa
-42 x 174


General Note:
VIAF (Name Authority) : Williams, Herbert W. (Herbert William), 1860-1937 : URI
Statement of Responsibility:
edited under the auspices of the Polynesian Society and based upon the dictionaries of W. Williams and W.L. Williams

Record Information

Source Institution:
SOAS University of London
Rights Management:
This item is licensed with the Creative Commons Attribution Non-Commerical License. This license lets others remix, tweak, and build upon this work non-commercially, and although their new works must also acknowledge the author and be non-commercial, they don’t have to license their derivative works on the same terms.
Resource Identifier:
425618 ( aleph )
X193394617 ( oclc )
IE Mao 413 / 17286 ( soas classmark )


This item has the following downloads:

Full Text

University of London
This book is due for return not later than the last date stamped below.
If an extension of the loan is desired, application should be made, either
in person or in writing, on or shortly before the due date.
0 (^/^90



First edition, W. Williams, B.A. Paihia, 1844.
Second edition, W. Williams, D.C.L. London, 1852.
Third edition, W. L. Williams, B.A. London, 1871.
Fourth edition, W. L. Williams, B.A. Auckland, 1892.
A portion reprinted. Wellington, 1915.
Fifth edition, H. W. Williams, M.A. Wellington, 1917.

Omitting the short lists of words given by Cook, Parkinson,
Savage, and Nicholas, the first step towards a dictionary of the
Maori language was the vocabulary of ioo pages published by
the Church Missionary Society with the Grammar in 1820.* The
material was supplied by the missionary Kendall, but it is to
Samuel Lee, Professor of Arabic in the University of Cambridge,
that the credit is due of laying the foundations of a satisfactory
orthography, the only matter for regret being that he did not
adopt single symbols for the letters now denoted by ng and wh
respectively. The vocabulary is, naturally, very faulty in many
respects, but has a real value for the student of the language.
Dr. Evans, of the New Zealand Company, contemplated the
publication of a Grammar and Vocabulary,f which was announced
as forthcoming in an advertisement on the back of Ward's
“ Information relative to New Zealand " (Parker, London, 1839),
but apparently never saw the light. It seems not improbable that
the material collected by Evans was made use of by Dieffenbach
in the second volume of his “ Travels in New Zealand " (London,
1843), Part II of that volume being an essay on the language,
with examples and translations, and Part III a grammar and
dictionary. The latter, which occupies forty-four pages, gives no
examples of the use of words, but includes a number of words
not found in the earlier work.
In 1844 the Mission Press at Paihia issued the first edition
of Williams's Dictionary,J which had been ready for the press six
years before. The actual dictionary consisted of 185 pages, many
of the words being followed by illustrative examples. The second
edition, which was printed in London, followed in 1852. This
contained a large amount of new matter, including valuable
contributions from Dr. Maunsell, whose projected dictionary was
* “ A Grammar and Vocabulary of the Language of New Zealand.”
London, 1820.
f “A Grammar and Vocabulary of the New Zealand Language, with a
Collection of Dialogues and Songs.” By George Samuel Evans, of Lincoln's
Inn, Esq., D.C.L.
t “ A Dictionary of the New-Zealand Language, and a Concise Grammar ;
to which are added a Selection of Colloquial Sentences.” By William
Williams, B.A., Archdeacon of Waiapu. Paihia : Printed at the Press of the
C.M. Society. 1844.

abandoned owing to the loss by fire of his papers in 1843. There
was also added an English-Maori vocabulary. The third edition,
in 1871, by Archdeacon W. L. Williams, which was published in
London, was printed at Jena. This made considerable additions
to the vocabulary, and introduced a more scientific arrangement
of the words, which has been followed in subsequent works. The
fourth edition, printed in New Zealand, appeared in 1892, and
differed from the previous edition only in the inclusion of additional
The United States Exploring Expedition under Commodore
Wilkes visited the Bay of Islands in 1840, and the volume of the
report dealing with ethnology and philology was published by
Horatio Hale, philologist to the Expedition, in 1846. The author
presents a Polynesian vocabulary showing a large number of words
from many Polynesian dialects, including Maori. In dealing with
the latter he uses many words not recorded in the first edition
of Williams’s Dictionary, which it may be assumed he had not
seen, as he omits a number of words given in it which would have
filled gaps in his collection. It is said that only 500 copies of this
work were printed, which may account for its comparative rarity.
A reprint of the portion of the volume dealing with Polynesian
linguistics would be a great boon to students, as Hale contributes,
in addition to the vocabulary, some very illuminating chapters on
Polynesian grammar, many of his observations showing a sur-
prising grip of the subject.
In 1848 the Rev. R. Taylor brought out “ A Leaf from
the Natural History of New Zealand.”J This consists of lists of
words under such headings as Animals, Birds, Fish, Tribes, Time,
Houses, Diseases, &c., arranged in five parts, of which Part II
is not indicated. The arrangement of the lists is somewhat
promiscuous, and the matter contained in them in many cases
unreliable, typographical'and transcriptional errors being of very
frequent occurrence. The plan of the work was undoubtedly
good, and it has unfortunately exercised a sort of fascination over
many students of the language, who have included in their lists
of words strange forms which are due solely to the vagaries of
this insidiously attractive little book.
Tregear’s dictionary was published in 1891.$ It aimed at
supplying the deficiencies of previous dictionaries, and at giving
a complete conspectus of Polynesian words for comparison. It
represents an immense amount of patient labour on the part of
* A reprint of the Maori-English portion appeared in 1915.
t In 1870 a “ new and enlarged edition ” was brought out under the
more ambitious title of “ A Maori and English Dictionary/' This, while
removing few of the defects of the original, introduced others hardly less
t “ The Maori-Polynesian Comparative Dictionary/’ by Edward Tregear
Wellington, 1891.

the compiler, who was handicapped by many serious difficulties,
but is overburdened with a vast amount of material which is of
little practical use to the average student of the language.
In 1865 the late Mr. Colenso was engaged by the Government
to compile a dictionary the aim of which was “ to contain every
known word in the Maori tongue, with clear unquestionable
examples of pure Maori usage.” Mr. Colenso had collected a
considerable amount of material, and at once took up the work ;
but in 1870 the Government cancelled the engagement. A speci-
men portion containing the words under the letter A was brought
out in 1898 ; and a careful study of this specimen shows that,
in spite of his intimate acquaintance with the language, the
author lacked many of the qualities requisite for success as a
While the subject of a Maori lexicon was before the House
Mr. A. S. Atkinson, a keen student of the language, addressed to
the Native Minister a letter containing many valuable suggestions
on the subject. Nothing seems to have been done towards
giving effect to these suggestions. In the meantime, however, Mr.
Atkinson worked systematically in collecting Maori words, and
encouraged others to do the same, with a view to the material
thus obtained being ultimately incorporated in a later edition of
the existing dictionary.
On Mr. Atkinson’s death in 1902 his Maori papers were, at
the suggestion of Mr. Percy Smith, placed in my hands, with a
request that I should use them for the Dictionary, and the fol-
lowing year the Government made a grant of £200 towards the
expenses of an edition to be prepared under the auspices of the
Polynesian Society. Since that date the Dictionary has made
the first demand upon my spare time, but pressure of regular
work made progress very slow, and the completion of the work
would have been long postponed had not Sir Francis Bell, when
Minister of Internal Affairs, proposed that I should be relieved
of my ordinary duties for twelve months in order to devote myself
entirely to the Dictionary. Under this arrangement a start was
made with the printing early in 1915, and the whole of the copy
was in the printer’s hands in January, 1916.
It is hardly necessary to say that the present edition contains
a large amount of material which has hitherto not been avail-
able. Of the first importance were Mr. Atkinson’s papers already
mentioned, which represent the results of many years of patient
research by a master of the language.
The Cabinet placed at my disposal the manuscript of Mr.
Colenso’s dictionary. This is still absolutely in the rough, its
chief value being that it contains a large number of examples

illustrating the use of words of all kinds, with references attached.
The memoranda obtained from some of his Maori correspondents
are also in many instances very helpful. But Mr. Colenso's personal
contributions are meagre and disappointing.
A stay in Cape Town early in 1906 gave me access to the
unique collection of Maori books and manuscripts made by Sir
George Grey which he had deposited in the South African Public
Library.* The value of this material, which includes much sup-
plied to Grey by the late Archdeacon Maunsell, is much enhanced
by the fact that it was collected before his departure from New
Zealand in 1854.
The most important contribution, in volume and in character,
is that made by Mr. Elsdon Best, whose intimate acquaintance
with the Maori, coupled with the scientific method of his enquiries,
gives to the results of his work a value quite unique. He not
only supplied a very large number of words, new meanings and
examples, collected at first hand, but has also throughout the
progress of the work constantly rendered invaluable assistance by
advice and the prosecution of enquiries. In addition to the matter
supplied directly for the Dictionary, free use has been made of
his many articles in the “ Journal of the Polynesian Society,”
“ Transactions of the New Zealand Institute,” and other scientific
journals, his opinion on the esoteric knowledge of the Maori being
of the greatest weight.
The Rev. Father Becker, of Hokianga, sent a large and helpful
list of words, collected chiefly in the northern part of the North
Island. These words were often of the greatest assistance in
elucidating difficulties.
Mr. S. Percy Smith, though fully occupied with the work of
the Polynesian Society, has, besides contributing lists of words,
always been ready with encouragement and advice.
The late Dr. Hocken kindly lent me Dr. Shortland's manuscript
Maori papers, from which a great deal of valuable information
was obtained.
Two other Maori scholars, also since deceased, Mr. C. E. Nelson
and Mr. G. H. Davies, supplied long lists of words and useful
information. 6
Mr. A. H. Turnbull allowed me free use of books and manu-
script matter in his valuable library.
Mr. E. Tregear kindly placed at my disposal his dictionary
.and additional matter which he had collected since its publication.
In addition to the above, I have received contributions, less in
volume, but often of the highest value, from a large number of
correspondents, who will, I hope, not measure my gratitude by
this very inadequate acknowledgment.
* A full account of these papers is given in the ‘ ‘ J ournal of the Poly-
nesian Society,” vol. xv, p. 175.

During the progress of the work I have had the advantage of
the co-operation—in collection, investigation, and discussion*—of
my father, whose knowledge and experience have frequently guided
me to a sound conclusion. At the same time, in fairness to him,
I must place on record that he has left in every case the final
decision of a question in my hands, and where the result is at
fault the responsibility is mine.
The problem of assimilating the material obtained from the
various sources mentioned above has not always been a simple
one. Forms and meanings of words had to be weighed care-
fully. The value of the authorities available was by no means
equal. Many lists of words dealt with were deficient in illustra-
tive examples; and in some cases, where these were supplied, the
meanings proposed were not supported by the examples given.
These defects have, in the absence of corroborative evidence, often
necessitated the rejection of a word or meaning contributed by a
There are various methods of ascertaining the meaning of a
Maori word, any one of which used singly may leave an element
of doubt, satisfactory results being obtainable only when it is
possible to check one process by another. The most natural
procedure is to enquire from an intelligent Maori of the older
generation, or preferably from several such. But this course,
now unfortunately seldom available, is not always free from the
risk of error. Few Maoris can resist the temptation to oblige
an enquirer rather than admit ignorance; and occasionally a
Maori may, in all honesty, have been habitually misusing a word
in his own tongue. Moreover, local usage in respect of words is
frequently very curious and perplexing.
Another method is to make a careful study of similar words
in Maori and in cognate Polynesian languages. A very limited
experience of this method will force the conclusion that satisfactory
results can be hoped for in only a comparatively limited number
of cases.
A third way, of even more restricted applicability, is that of
deducing a meaning from a comparison of a number of examples
of the use of the word.
Finally, there is the plausible guess, which is frequently used
by the translator, but should be rigorously excluded from a
A considerable amount of work has been entailed by the
necessity of ascertaining the primary or general meaning of a word,
as distinguished from secondary or particular meanings suited only
* He also read the proofs to the end of p. 227.

to certain contexts. There is still room for much further investi-
gation on these lines.
The particles and prepositions have received careful consider-
ation, and in many cases the articles dealing with them have
been entirely rewritten.
The frequent use of metaphor in songs, proverbs, and even in
prose has caused some words to acquire a figurative use, which
has in some cases been noted ; but to do so in every case is
beyond the scope of a dictionary.
In a number of cases meanings are noted which have been
evolved since the advent of Europeans ; these sometimes illustrate
the essence of the original meaning.
A number of words have been recorded for which no satis-
factory meaning has been found. These are given, with examples
of their use, in the hope that future students may perhaps find
a meaning. The number of such words might have been further
augmented ; but in the case of poetry, and sometimes also of
prose, there is often serious doubt as to the form of the word,
and this doubt is materially increased when the example is taken
from printed matter.
In a few cases it has seemed advisable to refer to forms which
are undoubtedly misprints.
It was found necessary to draw an arbitrary line between what
should and what should not be admitted into the Dictionary, and
it may be well to indicate some of the classes of words affected.
Proper names are not included; but instances occur of a natural
object or phenomenon which is sometimes personified under its
own name. The names of a large number of figures of whai (string
games) have been omitted, as in most cases the name simply
indicates what the figure is supposed to represent. The names
of stars and constellations as well as of months and of days of
the moon have been admitted, as in many instances they afford
interesting comparisons with cognate dialects. With regard to
the days of the moon it will be found that there are some slight
variations in different districts which may place any particular
name a little farther up or down in the list. Consistency has
unfortunately not been achieved in the treatment of the names
of karakia and religious rites. It may be thought that too much
space has been allowed to the names of varieties of flax, kumara,
and potato; but a large number of these already had a place in
the Dictionary, and it was not thought worth while to remove
them. Many of these words are purely fanciful, or of limited
local use ; at the same time some are interesting, and, in the
case of the potato, afford examples of the habits practised by
the Maori in giving names, apparently of Polynesian form, to
introduced objects.
In ancient songs, particularly in karakia, there are a number
of words which it is now quite impossible to elucidate. It must be

supposed that these words were formerly current in the language,
but, used in later times by those who were unacquainted with
them, they became mere abracadabra. Some were probably proper
names, other distortions, unintentional or deliberate, of ordinary
words, while in a great number of cases there is now doubt as
to the correct form. Such forms have not usually been recorded
unless some definite information bearing on the word has been
Arrangement and Typography.
In view of the fact that all users of the Dictionary will be
familiar with the order of the alphabet in English, that order
has been continued. The dictionaries of some of the Polynesian
languages place the vowels first, an arrangement which, while
possibly more scientific, causes serious inconvenience to those who
consult them occasionally;
Long vowels have been marked in the key words, and also,
to avoid confusion, in a few examples. Unmarked vowels may be
assumed to be short, or comparatively so, though with some of the
vowels three or even more grades of prolongation may be detected
in speech. In some words the quantity of a vowel may vary in
different districts, and strange vagaries are practised in this respect
in songs. There are in the Dictionary many words obtained from
written matter, of which the true pronunciation has not been ascer-
tained ; in many of these the absence of a long mark is obviously
no indication of the length of its vowels. Accents have not been
marked; but it may be noted that the disyllabic character of the
language tends to cause in utterance a stress on the first syllable
of each normal disyllabic element of a word. This stress gives
way to a strong accent on the first syllable of a trisyllabic word,
but survives as a secondary accent in polysyllabic words. The
causative prefix whaka is unaccented, and so also are the articles
he, te, nga, the prepositions, the verbal particles, and the particle
ko. The nominal particle, a, is ordinarily unaccented, but if used
with one of the pronouns au, koe, ia, mea, wai, following a prepo-
sition, it carries the accent which disappears from the pronoun.
Except in a few minor details the arrangement of words intro-
duced in the third edition of the Dictionary has been adhered to.
Of words similar in form but differing in the length of a vowel
the longer form has been placed first. Each distinct main word
is printed with a capital, words of the same form which appear
to have sprung from different roots being differentiated by a roman
numeral following the word.* Derived forms are printed with a
small letter under their respective main words in the following
* It is by no means easy to ascertain the original root of a word, and
it is not claimed that the divisions under this head are exact or final. In
some cases different roots have probably been included under one word,
and in others words derived from the same root may have been divided. ,

order : first those formed by the reduplication of the first syllable
of a disyllabic root, then those formed by disyllabic reduplication.
In order to assist the student, derived words of the first form—
e.g., papaku, from paku—have been printed in their alphabetical
positions, with cross-references to their respective main words.
For the sake of uniformity this has been done even in cases
where the simple disyllabic root form is not now found in use.
Inflexional derivatives formed by prefixing the causative whaka
or agent kai, or by suffixing the termination of the verbal noun,
are placed after the proximate forms from which they are derived.
It must be stated, however, that it has not been deemed advis-
able to cumber the Dictionary with all the possible reduplicated
or inflexional derivatives, the meanings of the majority of such
forms being obvious from those of the parent words.
Variant forms of a word are usually given in their alphabetical
positions, with cross-references to the usual form, where the mean-
ing will be found ; in some cases the meaning has been given with
the variant form as well. No attempt has been made to put on
record all the variants due to the use of n for ng by Ngati-Awa and
Tuhoe, the substitution of k for ng by Ngai-Tahu, or the omission
of the aspirate in Taranaki and Whanganui.
It is a matter for regret that it was not found possible to
attain completeness in the indication of dialectic differences, a few
only of the more important local peculiarities being recorded.
Intercommunication between the different tribes, by obliterating
niceties of dialect, has made the investigation of such niceties a
matter of extreme difficulty.
Different meanings are dealt with in numbered paragraphs,
the meanings being arranged according to their respective parts
of speech. Meanings, whether of words or examples, are printed
in italics, descriptive and explanatory matter being in roman type.
The genius of the language admits of the free combination
of words in phrases which approximate to compound words, and
it is difficult to formulate a rule for determining whether such
a combination should be regarded as a single word or not, and
whether or not the use of hyphens is desirable. The sense of
such a combination is usually obvious from that of the component
parts, but where a phrase has acquired a special meaning it is dealt
with under one of its components in the paragraph which treats
of the meaning most closely allied to that of the compound.
In previous editions a certain number of words were included
which had been adopted from non-Polynesian sources, their
foreign origin being indicated by the use of different type. It
has been thought better to omit all of these. A number of the
more important of these recent adoptions is given in an appendix,
but no claim is made for the completeness of this list.* Complete-
* My thanks are due to Mr. W. Prentice for assistance in this division of
the work.

ness is, in fact, impossible ; for, while we deplore the readiness
with which the young Maori abandons a genuine word in his native
tongue for some barbarous transliteration of its English equivalent,
we realize that linguistic needs continue to arise, and must be
met. At the same time the fact must be recognized that the occur-
rence of these words cannot be regarded as a symptom of linguistic
decay. On the contrary, the power of enriching the language by
the assimilation of exotic material is evidence of continued vitality.
It is only when a language is dead that its vocabulary becomes
absolutely fixed. The neglect of native idiom and grammatical
form is a symptom of a far more alarming character. The study
of words adopted spontaneously by the Maori is very interesting,
such words often assuming forms which differ widely from such
rigid transliterations as would be made by a European. It is
by no means always an easy matter to recognize such a word
and trace it to its origin. As examples we may mention matere,
lookout at sea, from mast-head; kaihe, ass, from jack-ass ; and
taika, parti-coloured, from Tiger, the name of a piebald stallion
presented by Waaka Nene to Waaka Perohuka, of Poverty Bay,
in return for the famous canoe, Te-toki-a-Tapiri, now in the
Auckland Museum.
An endeavour has been made to illustrate the use of words
by examples drawn exclusively from genuine Maori use—legends,
songs, proverbs, letters or other writings, and conversations. The
adoption of this principle is not intended to cast a slur upon the
many excellent translations into Maori which exist, but merely
recognizes the fact that the best of these, after all, only repre-
sent the usage of able European scholars. As a general rule the
examples have been inserted without change, which accounts for
the fact that in many cases words will be found in them which are
recent adoptions of foreign origin. Where a choice has had to be
made preference has, as a rule, been given to examples culled from
printed works, as the reference will enable the student to consult
the context. In the use of such examples the punctuation of the
original has been freely disregarded, obvious misprints and errors
of Maori orthography have been corrected, and in some cases a
comparison with other versions in manuscript or print has sug-
gested an emendation of the text—the latter most frequently in
the case of songs.
In this connexion it may be well to anticipate a question which
is certain to arise, as to why more ample use has not been made
of the voluminous works of the late John White. At first sight
the six volumes of his “ Ancient History of the Maori ” might be
regarded as a veritable mine of wealth for such a purpose as this,
but a closer scrutiny necessitates a serious revaluation. In the

first place, the Maori portion of the work bristles with misprints,
many of which admit only of conjectural emendation. Another
factor is the obliteration, in most cases, of accurate indications
of the origin of his material. Where these indications are given,
a comparison with the original will almost invariably disclose an
unpardonable recklessness on the part of the editor.* This being
his method of dealing with works previously published, small
reliance can be placed on his fidelity in presenting matter which
has come into his hands in manuscript. And as a translator
he is, unfortunately, hardly more satisfactory. Even if we might
concede the privilege, which some translators claim, of making
a meaning for a word or passage when they cannot find one, we
cannot recognize the right to a rendering unsupported by, or at
variance with, the text a translator is professing to follow. His
indulgence in these practices robs White's works of their value,
and makes it impossible to accept his unsupported authority for
the form or meaning of a Maori word.
Sir George Grey's published works, while open to some criticism,
have proved invaluable, and have provided a number of examples
out of all proportion to their volume. References are given to
the first edition of his “ Polynesian Mythology,” as the text is
sounder than that of the second edition, which is also out of
print. In dealing with songs from his “ Moteatea ” it has not
been found possible to adhere in every case to his division of
Mr. J. McGregor's “ Popular Maori Songs,” with its supple-
ments, has also been drawn upon for a number of examples, in
citing which full use has been made of a list of corrections kindly
provided by Mr. McGregor himself.
* As an example we give a passage selected at haphazard, which is
stated in the preface to have been derived from Sir George Grey’s “ Poly-
nesian Mythology.” Words omitted from Grey are given in italics, and
words inserted by White in heavy-faced type. “ Po iho ano, ao ake ano te
ra, kua ka whakatika a Taranga, a kua ngaro whakarere ano ia i te whare
i o ana tamariki, oho rawa ake nga tama tirotiro kau ana, ka a kua mohio
nga matamua, a ka pouri tonu taua. tamaiti muringa, a Maui-potiki, e i hua
ana e ngavo nei, kei te mahi kai pea, kaore, kei te tahuti noa atu. Po , a po
iho ano, ka puta mai ano to ratou whaea, a kei te haka ano nga tama, ka mutu
kau ano te haka, kua ka mea mai ano ki tana mitvinga, atu a Maui-potiki
ki tana whaea, “ Haere mai ano taua ki konei moe ai, A a moe tahi ana
a Maui-potiki i tana whaea, a ao rawa ake, kua ngaro ano tana whaea, ka tahi
ia a Maui-potiki ka tupato ki te mahi maminga tonu a taua wahine, tana
whaea ki a ratou, i ia po, i ia po, a ka tae noa ki tetehi atu tetahi po, ka moe
tahi ano raua ko tona a Maui-potiki i tana whaea, me te tokomaka tokowha
ano hoki a ratou e moe tahi ana ano i taua whare. T angohanga Ka tangohia
e te tama, Maui e hava. kua vivo te tu, me te maro-whaiapu o tana whaea,
e hara kua ka huna eia ka ngaro aua mea, tangohanga atu e Maui, kei te
purupuru i te nga matapihi, i me te whatitoka, kei puta mai hoki atu te haeata
o te awatea ki roto i ki te whare, kei hohoro te whakatika o taua zvahine
tana whaea i te pouritanga o te po, no na reira aia i tupatu ai tona ngakau
ki te mahi i aua mahi nei.”—(W. ii, 86 ; T. 12.) Further comment is un-

exhausted. There must be many hundreds of genuine Maori
words still unrecorded, and much further light may yet be thrown
upon many of those already treated. I shall be glad, therefore,
to receive from users of the Dictionary fresh words and meanings,
with examples drawn, if possible, from undoubted Maori sources.
I' shall further be grateful to any one calling attention to mis-
prints, as it would be the wildest optimism to imagine that our
very modest list of corrigenda contains all that is necessary in
that respect.
Herbert W. Williams.
Naurea, Gisborne,
16th June, 1917.

The hope has been expressed that a translation would be given
of all examples cited in the Dictionary, but, even if it had been
possible to do so, it was felt that the benefit conferred would not
warrant the great addition to the bulk of the volume. The trans-
lation has, accordingly, been given only in a few cases in which
such a course afforded a further elucidation of the meaning of the
Scientific Names.
The changes in scientific nomenclature which have been made
in recent years are most perplexing to the inexpert. An attempt
has been made to ascertain the latest authoritative names in all
cases ; but in view of the fact that the period of flux has apparently
not yet ended it was deemed advisable to follow recognized text-
books in each case. The following books have accordingly been
accepted as guides : The Animals of New Zealand,’' Hutton
and Drummond (third edition, 1909) ; “ Manual of New Zealand
Flora,” Cheeseman (1906) ; “ Manual of the New Zealand Mol-
lusca,” Suter (1913) ; “ Manual of New Zealand Entomology,”
Hudson (1892) ; “ Handbook of the Fishes of New Zealand,”
Sherrin (1886). In the case of botanical names some changes have
been made in accordance with the rules laid down by the Inter-
national Botanical Congress of Vienna, 1905. It is to be feared
that many of the names adopted by Suter will, under similar rules,
have to be abandoned ; but unfortunately the means of checking
these was not available. Sherrin’s work is far from exhaustive,
and further names have been obtained from articles by Dr. Hector
and Captain Hutton in the “ Transactions of the New Zealand
In addition to the acknowledgements made above, I must
express my indebtedness to my many Maori friends, particularly
to the Rev. Mohi Turei, of Waiapu, who up to the time of his
death was always ready to give patient and thoughtful answers
to my innumerable questions. My thanks are also due to Dr L.
Cockayne, F.R.S., for some help in scientific nomenclature during
the later stages of the work; and finally to the Government Printer
and his staff for their pains and invariable courtesy, especially
to Mr. P. Riddick, who read the proofs with intelligent interest
and made many valuable suggestions.
In conclusion, the fact should be emphasized that much work
remains to be done, notably up the Whanganui River and in
the Waikato ; while the more familiar fields are not yet fully

Parts of Speech.
Parts of speech are defined in the Oxford English Dictionary as
“ each of the grammatical categories or classes of words, as de-
termined by the kind of notion or relation which they express
in the sentence.” The popular conception which is drawn from,
if not necessarily involved in, such a definition is that certain
words are nouns, certain others adjectives, another group verbs,
and so on. It is hardly necessary to labour the point that many
words find a place in two or more of these groups. Many examples
of this may be found in English, while in Maori, which is almost
devoid of grammatical inflexions, most words may be used in more
than one of the classes of parts of speech.
As grammatical relations exist in Maori which have no exact
counterpart in English grammar, terms have had to be adopted
to express these relations. Certain words have accordingly been
termed participles. These participles are closely allied to the
adjectives, and denote state or condition, but differ from adjec-
tives in that they are never used epithetically (|| F. L. § 66). The
term local noun was applied in the second edition of “ First
Lessons in Maori ” to a class of nouns which are never used with
an article, adjective, or pronoun. In a list given (F. L. §8), all
the examples have a local significance, but in the Dictionary the
term has been extended to include a number of words denoting
time relations, which, being similarly used, come within the same
grammatical category.
The majority of words in Maori are formed from one or more
roots, consisting normally of two short syllables. These roots may
be modified by reduplication, by the addition of prefixes and
suffixes, which may be monosyllabic or disyllabic, and occasionally
by the lengthening of a vowel. c
With the apparent exception of uo, every possible combination
of two vowels may occur in such a disyllabic root-element ; but it
is not correct to speak of these vowel combinations as diphthongs
—each vowel forming strictly a separate syllable, however close
the coalescence may appear to be in speech. It follows from this
that in analysis every long vowel should be regarded as equivalent
to two short vowels of the same phonetic value, and, as a matter
of fact, some writers, English and Maori, have been in the habit
of so writing them, but this is now seldom done.*
* In some instances adherence to this practice would preserve traces of
the etymology of the word ; thus tô, drag, appears in cognate Polynesian
dialects as toso, and kē, different, as kese.

Reduplication may be either partial, affecting the first syllable
alone of the root (as papaki, from paki), or complete (as pakipaki).
In the latter case a prefixed short syllable will invariably be
lengthened, as ngahere, ngāherehere ; mania, māniania ; pakē,
pākēkē. When the two syllables of the root are identical, as pepe,
complete reduplication may be in the form pēpepe or pepepepe.
In a few cases alternative reduplication occurs, as tihoihoi and
tihotihoi, from tihoi; this would appear to indicate that con-
sciousness of the structural history of the word has been lost.
Reduplication generally modifies the meaning of a word. With
adjectives complete reduplication has the effect of diminishing the
intensity of the meaning, as mate, sick; matemate, sickly: wera,
hot; werawera,rather hot, warm: mārō,stiff; mārōrō,somewhat stiff.
The effect of partial reduplication is in some cases similarly to
diminish the intensity of the meaning, as pango, black ; papango,
somewhat black, dark : whero, red; whewhero, reddish: while in
a few cases it forms a plural, as he rakau pai, a good tree ; he
rakau papai, good trees. It must be observed, however, in the
latter case that the simple form may be used for either singular
or plural, but the reduplicated form for the plural only.
In the case of verbs the effect of the two kinds of reduplication
is somewhat different. Partial reduplication denotes either pro-
longation or continuance of the action with increased intensity, or
reciprocal action.* Complete reduplication gives a verb frequent-
ative force with, sometimes, diminished intensity; occasionally
the frequentative becomes a simple plural, indicating merely that
a number of objects are involved in the action of the verb. From
kimo, wink or blink, is formed kikimo, denoting that the eyes are
closed and kept closed, and kimokimo, blink frequently: so, too,
paki, pat; papaki, clap together; pakipaki, pat frequently.
The number of prefixes in Maori is exceptionally large. In the
absence of clearer light upon the subject the vast majority of
them must be classed as formatives of which the force has, in
most cases, not yet been ascertained.
A few only are generally recognized as inflexonal. Kai prefixed
to a transitive verb forms a noun connoting the agent : thus,
hanga, make ; kaihanga, maker.
Whaka and its apparent equivalent whā may be prefixed to
verbs (except such as are strictly transitive), adjectives, and nouns,
and forms in each case a casuative verb : whakanoho, cause to
sit; whakamohio, cause to know; whakapai, make or pronounce
good; wharite, make like; whakatangata, make into or treat as a
man. Nouns and some adjectives having the prefix whaka, or
* It should be noted here that the passive of a verb formed by partial
reduplication is made direct from the simple root, and cannot be distinguished
from that of the parent verb.

wha, form verbs which are often used intransitively, when they
have a reflex signification, it being assumed that, where no object
is expressed, the agent is himself the object of his own action.
Thus whakatika, straighten, is commonly used, without an object
expressed, to signify straighten oneself, or stand up; whakatamariki,
act the part of a child; whakatane, play the man.
Taki, having a distributive force, may be prefixed to numerals,
as takiwhitu, by sevens. It is also used with adjectives, participles,
and verbs to denote that the word applies to each and all, or one
by one, of the things spoken of. Three prefixes are used with the
numerals from one to nine : hoko, denoting multiples of twenty,
as hokoono, one hundred and twenty; tua, forming ordinals, as
tuarima, fifth (used also with the interrogative hia—tuahia, which
in order); toko, which is used also with hia and adjectives of
number, such as maha, &c., indicating that persons are being
spoken of.
Tau prefixed to a reduplicated root has frequently a reciprocal
force. Ma as a prefix will often form an adjective. Tā is some-
times used as a causative prefix. Roko and maki, or ngaki, have
a recognized force. But none of these is used with the same regu-
larity as kai, whaka, and the numerical prefixes.
The number of suffixes in Maori does not appear to be so great
as that of the prefixes, and only two having inflexional force are
in general use, but each of these appears in a variety of forms.
The simplest form of the passive termination is a, but it fre-
quently takes one of the forms ia, hia, kia, mia, ngia, ria, tia,
whia, na, ina, hina, kina, rina, whina, nga, hanga.* Thus—
poro f< )rms poroa;
ki >5 kiia;
waru >> waruhia;
moto ff motokia;
aru ff arumia;
rere ff rerengia;
mau ff mauria;
awhi ff awhitia;
whawhao whaowhia and whaowhina;
tiki ff tikina;
aroha ff arohaina;
roko ff rokohina and rokohanga;
tāta ff tātakina;
whakaatu ff whakaaturia and whakaaturina
hapai ff hapainga.
* The occurrence of the forms heuea and keuea hardly warrants the
recognition of ea as a passive termination. || footnote on p. xx.

Of these terminations, nga appears to be used only with verbs
ending in ai, mia with those ending in o and u, ina with those
ending in a ; but in all cases other terminations also are used.
For the rest it is questionable whether any rule can be formulated.
Usage varies so much in different parts of the country that it
appears to be mere matter of custom, some regard being had to
Intransitive as well as transitive verbs are used in the passive,
requiring in translation the addition of a preposition to make the
sense complete. Thus, haere, go, travel; haerea, be travelled over:
noho, sit; nohoia, be sat upon. Ko te wahi tenei e tapepea nei,
This is the place on which one has slipped. Kotahi te wahi i tape-
katia, There was one place to which they turned aside.
A passive termination (generally, if not invariably, tia) will be
used with an adverb or adjective used adverbially when the verb
with which it is connected is in the passive. Tokowha ona hoa
i kainga katoatia e ia, There were jour of his companions who were
devoured entirely by him.
A noun, adjective, or participle may be used with a passive
termination to express a change to the thing or condition which
the simple word signifies. Thus, Kua korouatia koe, You have
become an old man; Aua e taparurutia te haere, Do not let the
rate of travelling become slow.
Occasionally a phrase which it is impossible to consider as a
compound word may be treated like a verb and be given the
passive termination. For instance, ma te matapihi, through the
window, might be treated in this way : Ma-te-matapihi-tia mai,
Let it be passed here through the window.
There is another passive termination, tanga, which is some-
times added to a verb, or to an adverb qualifying a passive verb,
and apparently indicates a rapid sequence of events. Hiko tonu
ia ki nga ngarehu, apuatanga, He immediately snatched up the
burning coals and crammed them into his mouth. Apitiria tonutanga
atu ko te pa, ka horo, The pa was attacked forthwith, and fell.
A noun denoting the fact, circumstance, time, or place of the
action of a verb may be formed by adding one of the suffixes
nga, anga, hanga, kanga, manga, ranga, tanga, inga,* the choice
of the termination being, as in the case of the passives, somewhat
arbitrary. Thus—
* The forms heuenga and keuenga also appear ; but || footnote on p. xix.

The force of such a verbal noun may be either active or passive,
according to the context. For example : Tana patunga i a au,
The circumstance of his striking me; Tona patunga e au, The
circumstance of his being struck by me.
Similar nouns may be formed from nouns, adjectives, or
participles, and denote the fact, &c., of being, or of becoming,
the thing or of the quality or condition indicated by the original
There are a few surviving indications of an ancient suffix,
written variously i, hi, ki, and possibly other forms, the function
of which was to form transitive verbs. So, arahi, from ara ;
tapahi, from tapa; rumaki, turaki, from roots no longer in use.*
In many of these cases the verbal noun is formed direct from the
root, as arahanga, tapahanga, rumakanga, turakanga.
Transformed Words.
The form of words is sometimes materially altered by (a) the
transposition of letters or syllables, as rango to ngaro, the change
sometimes involving a further slight alteration in one of the letters,
as ngawhariki to whanariki; (6) the substitution of one letter for
another, as in taina for teina, tipuna for tupuna, ngongi for momi,
&c., it not being always possible to state which is the original
form, or whether both forms may not be independent derivatives
from the same root;j* (c) the omission of a letter, as in tou for
tonu; (d) the insertion of a letter, as in teneki for tenei. Some
of these changes are due to peculiarities of dialect; but not in-
frequently two forms of the same word will be used in the same
district, or even by the same person. A further source of change
was the fact that some ordinary word might enter into the name
of a chief, when its use would be avoided, and a substitute
sought, for fear of causing offence and affording pretext for a
quarrel. Many instances of this are noticed in the Dictionary,
but one may be used as an illustration. Ngongi had at one time
been thus substituted for wai, and not only did service for water
and the interrogative who, but gave rise also to Ngongikato and
ngongirua for Waikato and wairua respectively.
* This subject has been dealt with at some length by the Rev. W. G.
Ivens, Proc. Roy. Soc. of Victoria, vol. xvii (n.s.), p. 305.
t The subject of the interchange of letters cannot be adequately dealt
with in a single paragraph. Some writers give lists which are bewildering in
their variety. But it seems probable that many instances which are quoted
should be regarded as examples of varying prefixes rather than of inter-
changing letters. Thus powhatu and kowhatu probably illustrate prefixes po
and ko without implying any reciprocity between the letters p and k.

Affirmative and Negative Forms.
i. Inceptive : Past or Future.
Ka karanga ia, He called or began to Ka kore ia e karanga, He ceased to call
call; he will call or will begin to call. or began not to call; he will cease to
call or will begin not to call.
2. Imperfect (Continuous) : Past, Present, or Future.
E karanga ana ia, He was, is, or will be | Kahore ia e karanga ana, He was not, is
calling. I not, or will not be calling.
3. Perfect (Completed) : Past, Present, or Future.
Kua karanga ia, He had, has, or will ; Kahore ia kia karanga, He has not, had
have called. not, or will not have called.
4. Indefinite : Past.
I karanga ia, He called. I Kihai ia i karanga, He did not call.
5. Indefinite : Future.
E karanga ia, or Tera ia e karanga, He | E kore ia e karanga, or Tera ia e kore e
will call. I karanga, He will not call.
6. Narrative Form.
Karanga ana ia, He called, | (Not used in the negative.)
1. Strong (Mandatory or Precatory).
Karanga I Call! I Kaua e karanga! Do not call!
2. Weak (Hortatory or Deliberative).
Me karanga ia, He had better call; let I (Not used in the negative.)
him call. I
1. Imperfect.
Me e karanga ana ia, If he were calling. I Me kahore ia e karanga ana, If he were
I not calling.
2. Perfect.
Me i karanga ia, If he had called. | Me i kahore ia i karanga, If he had not
I called.
3. Future (Contingent).
Ki te karanga ia, If he should call. I Ki te kore ia e karanga, If he should not
I call.
4. Future (Consequential).
Kia karanga ia, That he should call. I Kia kaua ia e karanga, That he should
I not call.
5. Future (Deprecatory or Precautionary).
Kei karanga ia, Lest he should call. I Kei kore ia e karanga, Lest he should not
I call.
Karanga, call, preceded by an article or definitive pronoun, thus: he karanga, te
karanga, tana karanga, &c.

Grammatical and General.
a. adjective.
ad. adverb,
art. article.
conj. conjunction,
def. definite.
fig. figuratively,
indef. indefinite.
int. interjection,
inter, interrogative.
l.n. local noun. || p. xvii.
mod. modern.
n. noun,
num. numeral.
pass. passive.
pers. person, personal.
pl. plural,
pos. possessive.
prep. preposition.
pron. pronoun.
pt. participle. || p. xvii.
q.v. quod vide, which see.
sing. singular.
sp.,spp. species (sing, and plural),
var. variety.
v.i. verb intransitive.
v.t. verb transitive.
= equals ; indicating that the
word following the sign is
a synonym or variant form,
jj parallel, compare, see ; indi-
cating that the word is dealt
with or that further inform-
ation will be found under
the word following the sign.
Ar. Arawa. Sa. Samoa.
Fu. Futuna. Ta. Tahiti.
Ha. Hawaii. Tahu. Ngai-Tahu.
Mar. Marquesas. Tar. Taranaki.
Mng. Mangareva. i Tik. Tikopia.
Ni. Niue. 1 To. Tonga.
Ngi. Ngapuhi. i Tu- Tuhoe.
Nuk. Nukuoro. ; Uv. Uvea, Wallis Island.
Pau. Paumotu. Wai. Waikato.
R., Ra. Rarawa. Whang. Whanganui.
Bui. Museum Bulletin.
D. “ Travels in New Zealand,"
Dieffenbach, 1843.
F. L. “ First Lessons in Maori,"
Williams, 6th ed., 1910.
G. -8. Parliamentary Paper, 1880.
Hae. “ Journal of an Expedition
from Auckland to Tara-
naki," Grey, 1851.
Ika. “ Te Ika a Maui," Taylor, 1855.
Ika, ii. Ditto, 2nd ed., 1870.
J. “ Journal of the Polynesian
K. Karakia, source not specified.
K.M. “ Karere Maori," newspaper.*
M. “ Moteatea," (Maori songs,
&c.), Grey, 1853.
M.G. Maunsell’s Maori Grammar, 4th
ed., 1894.
M.M. “ Maori Mementos," Davis,
Moss. “Beautiful Shells of New Zea-
land," Moss, 1908.
P. Proverb, source not specified.
P. 16. “ Proverbial and Popular Say-
ings," Grey, 1857, p. 16.
Pi. " Pipiwharauroa," newspaper.
S. Song, source not specified.
S. 23. “ Maori Songs," McGregor,
1893, P- 23.
S. ii. Ditto, Supplement, 1898.
S. D. “ Southern Districts of New
Zealand," Shortland, 1851.
Sh.T. “ Traditions and Supersti-
tions," Shortland, 2nd ed.,
T. “ Nga Tupuna " (“Polynesian
Mythology "), Grey, 1854.
Tr. “ Transactions of the New Zea-
land Institute."
W. " Ancient History of the
Maori," White, 6 vols.,
1887 to 1890.
Wa. = W.W. below.
Wai. “ Waikare-moana," Best, 1897.
W.M. “ Waka Maori," newspaper.
W.W. " Lore of the Whare Wananga,"
Pt. I, Percy Smith, 1913.
* The references are as given by Colenso in his notes, as there was no opportunity of checking
by consulting a file.

Page 39, col. i, 1. 32, for hakaokoa read hakoakoa.
Page 103, col. 1, 1. 33, for ki read ke.
Page 109, col. 1, after 1. 52, insert—
Kāmehameha, a. Priceless, inestimable. Taku kahurangi kameha-
meha (S.).
Page 150, col. 1, 1. 2 7, for spitting read splitting.
Page 160, col. 1, 1. 31, before v.t. insert 1, and after 1. 32 insert—
2. n. A decoy kaka held in the hand.
Page 191, col. 2, 1. 3, add It was sometimes used as a protection in battle.
Page 305, co1.. 1, 1. 20, for Lessoni read Lessonii.
Page 310, col. 2, 1. 21, for n. 1 read 1. n., and after 1. 22 insert—
3. A short board used for moving and working soil in culti-
4. v.t. Scrape up the soil with such an implement. Paretaitia
mai nga oneone (Said of earthing up a hangi).
Page 481, col. 1, 1. 28, add and possibly a transliteration of stick.

A, vowel: ā is pronounced as a in
‘ father ” ; a, pronounced as a in
“ flora.” The sound of a in “ man ”
is unknown in Maori.
A (i), n. 1. Collar-bone. Usually-
joined with kaki. Te a o toku kaki.
2. Perch for snaring kaka, a par-
ticular form of mutu-kaka.
A (ii), v.t. 1. Drive-, urge, compel.
Ka aia haeretia e te hau nunui
(J. iii, 99). Ka rumaki tonu te pane
ki te hoe, i te ainga hoki a te wehi
(T. 144).
Two nouns are derived from this
verb : āinga, ānga, driving - force,
thing driven, 8cc. I te wa e rere ai
te kano o te perehia i te āinga a
te hau ki te moana (W. iii, 35).
Kitea he anga na te haku (P.).
2. Collect. Ka whakahaua e Wha-
tiuaroa tana ope ; kei te a i te
rakau hei wahie.
A (iii). Plural of the definitive particle
tā, indicating possession. = nga . . .
a, the . . . of. It is used before the
dual and plural personal pronouns,
names of persons or places, local
nouns, or before common nouns pre-
ceded by a definitive (F.L. § 18).
For the difference between ā and ô
see the prepositions a and 0. A raua
nei tama, ko Hau-maringi, ko Hau-
marotoroto (M. xxxiv). Sometimes
used elliptically. Ka kai ratou i
reira, pau ana ā nga hoa, katikati
tonu a Tama (T. 78). || tā (iii).
A (iv), conj. denoting extension ot
space, or lapse of time ; often very-
much prolonged in speech. 1. As
far as. Ka rere mai a Te Arawa, ā
waho i te moana (T. 71). Ka ra
Hakomiti te ara, a Paritangi (T. 78).
2. Until. Takoto nei, a ao noa te
ra (T. 90).
3. And, and then ; only connecting
successive actions or events. Hoe
ana mai, a ka u ki Mokau (T. 123).
Moe tonu, a ka ao te ra, ka hoe
(T. 196).
A (v), colloquial = aha, pron. What?
He a tena, e Mati ?
A (vi), colloquial = ae, ad. Yes. A
hoki ra, just so.
A (i), particle, used,—1. Before names
of persons, the pronouns wai and
mea, and names of canoes, months,
&c.—(a) When they stand as sub-
ject in a sentence. Kei te ngaki
kumara a Te Kehu (T. 85). E
tawharau ana mai a Te Arawa
(T. 81). (b) When they follow any
of the prepositions i, ki, hei, kei.
Ka korero atu a Kupe ki a Turi
(T. no). Kua timata mai ano i
mua atu i a Whakatauihu, i a Ta-
whaki, i a Tuhuruhuru (T. 63). (c) In
explanatory clauses. Kua tupu tana
tamaiti, a Rata (T. 54).
2. Before personal pronouns, ex-
cept ahau (though au follows this
rule) — (a) When they follow any
of the prepositions i, ki, hei, kei.

Ka mea ratou ki a koe ra (T. 189).
(b) When they are repeated by way
of explanation, but not ordinarily
when they stand as subject in a sen-
tence. (The frequent occurrence of
aia as subject to a verb in White is
due apparently to the editor’s fancy,
as may be seen by comparing pas-
sages borrowed from Grey with the
3. Before names of places and
local nouns (F.L. § 8) when they—
(a) Stand as subject in a sentence.
Ka taunahatia e Naki a Motiti
(T. 75). E puare katoa ana a roto
(T. 13). (b) Are repeated by way of
4. Occasionally before common
nouns in explanatory clauses. Ro-
kohanga atu e takoto ana te kai nei,
a te kukupa (T. 146).
5. Sometimes, especially in ani-
mated narrative, merely euphonic-
ally. Ma tona kaha a ia ano e
taruturutu (T. 159). Na, me ka-
ranga a koe ki a au (T. 168).
A (ii), prep. 1. Of, belonging to ; used
in speaking of transitive actions,
including works accomplished or in
progress, movable property, instru-
ments, food, husband, wife, slaves,
&c. (|| 0, prep., and F.L. § 22).
Ka mutu nga mahi a nga tama a
Makeatutara (T. 30). Nga kupu
poroporoaki a Hou (T. 82). Te
umu a Kuiwai (T. 83). Ka haere
mai nga matua o te wahine a
Paoa (T. 185).
2. At, at the time of ; of future time.
A tahira te eke ai ki uta (T. 142).
A whea ara ai te marama ? (T. 54).
3. After the manner of. He mea
mohio a ngakau tangata (T. 84).
Rere a manu ki te hui matangohi
(M. 117). Ka noho a pahi te rau
ma whitu i reira (T. 154).
A (iii), ad. 1. Well, well then. A, tena,
kei whea au tuaahu ? (T. 122). A,
hei konei whakarongo ake ai (T. 10).
2. Sometimes simply to attract at-
tention. A, kāti te turituri (T. 65).
A (iv), in poetry = ka, particle. A tuhi
to toto, ka rapa i te rangi (M. 83).
Ae (i), a. Calm. Takoto noa tera te
moana, he ae noa iho.
Ae (ii). 1. ad. assenting to an affirma-
tion or affirmative question. Yes.
“ Ko koe tonu ranei ? ” Ka mea
atu a Whakatau, “ Ae, ko ahau ”
(T. 62). Ka mea atu te matua ki
a ia, “ Ae, e pai ana ” (T. 25).
2. In answer to a negative ques-
tion it affirms the negative and must
be rendered by no. “ Kahore i
homai he kai mau ? ” “ Ae.” (“Did
not he give you any food ?” “ No.9')
This use is almost obsolete.
3. v.i. Assent, agree. Ae ana mai
ona whanaunga kia patua te ra
(T. 25).
whakaae, v.i. Say yes, consent. Ka
whakaae to raua whaea (T. 46).
Aea. It were better. Aea, e tama, kia
noho mai koe (M. 323). Aea ranei
kia tu tahi taua (M. 23). Aea ano,
would that. Aea ano au he manu e
rere, tau atu ko tawhiti (M. 35).
Aeaeā, a. Panting. ||Tah. aeae.
whakaaeaea. 1. v.i. Pant for breath.
Ka kake i te pikitanga, ka whaka-
2. v.t. Utter disconnectedly, as
though in want of breath. Kaua
e whakaaeaeatia to korero, engari
honoa tonutia.
Aeha, int. denoting contempt, wonder,
vexation, &c.
Aewa. 1. n. Giddiness.
2. a. Sickly, unhealthy.
3. v.i. Wander, go round about.
Kua riro ia ki te aewa i waho (W.
i, 9i).
Aha (i). 1. pron. What ? of things only.
He aha te korero ? (T. 90). He aha,
why ? for what purpose ? He aha
tau e kata ? (T. 199). He aha tau i
haere mai ai koe ki konei ? (T. 169).
2. Who ? in asking a person’s
second name. Hone aha ?
3. Of what sort? of what use ? &c.
He toa aha to toa ? (T. 60). Hei
matua tane aha, hei matua wahine
aha ? (T. 14). He nanakia aha to te
kiore nanakia ? (T. 199).
4. n. Anything whatever, anything
at all. TÄ“ ai he aha hei whakaoho
mai (There was nothing at all to
disturb them) (T. 117). I nga aha,
i nga aha noa iho a te Maori (All
sorts of Maori matters) (T. 30).
5. v.t. Do what to ? I ahatia e
ratou tana tamaiti ? (What did they
do to his child ?)
6. v.i. Do what ? Me aha ra, kia
kata ai a Kae ? (T. 37).
7. Do anything whatever. TÄ“ nga-
ueue, tē aha (T. 6). Kihai hoki i
aha atu te nuinga (T. 183).

ahatanga, n. Doing what. He aha-
tanga, or ko tena te ahatanga, what
of that ? Hei ahatanga ma Tu ?
{What did that matter for Tu ?) (T. 6).
Aha (ii), ahaaha, n. A sawlike weapon
made of sharks’ teeth fixed laterally
to a wooden handle. Whatoro te
ringa ki te ahaaha hei tapahi, kua
motu. Aha mango, teeth of tuatini
shark used as a knife.
Aha (iii), ahaaha = ahoaho, n. Open
space, aperture. || puaha, &c.
Aha (iv). —:—
ahaaha, n. A larm, shyness, want of con-
fidence. I ahua ahaaha ahau ki te
whakapuaki ake i taua korero.—Kua
tae noa ake te ahaaha, ahaaha ma-
taku nei.
Ahahu, n. Assembly of the hapu for
arranging a betrothal. || pakuha.
Ahai=wai, pron. Who ? Ko ahai to
tane ?
Ahakoa, conj. 1. Although. Ahakoa
kai tahi, tera a roto te hahae ra
(P.). Ahakoa nui te moana, me
aha ? (T. 164).
2. Notwithstanding. Otira, ahakoa
to ratou haere po mai, i kitea ano
ratou e Ngati-Toa.
3. Used with he, and more cor-
rectly written as two words. What
of that, nevertheless. A, mana ka to-
tohu, he aha koa ? (T. 164). He aha
koa ra hei haere noa ano (T. 186).
4. Repeated, whether ... or.
Ahakoa taua, ahakoa tira haere noa,
e kore e ora (T. 175).
Ahaku, pos. pron., pl. of tahaku. My,
mine. Ka mutu ano nga tamariki
ahaku ko ena (Tr. vii, 37). Ko
Whakatau-potiki ahaku (Tr. vii, 49).
= āku.
Ahana, pos. pron., pl. of tahana. His.
He hopu tou ahana (Tr. vii, 37).
= ana (ii).
Ahau (i), pos. pron., pl. of tāhau.
Thy, thine. = āu.
Ahau (ii), n. Temporary breakwind
for crops.
Ahau = au, awau, awahau, pron. 1st
pers. sing. I, me. Na Tinirau ahau
i ngare mai (T. 59). After the pre-
positions a, 0, ma, mo, na, no, and
the particles ta, to, the suffix ku
is used in place of au, thus: aku,
maku, toku, &c. Note that ahau
does not take the prefix a, but au
does. Ka mea atu a Hinemoa,
“ Homai ki ahau” (T. 133).
Ahea = awhea, a hea, ad. interro-
gative, of future time. When ?
Ahea koe haere ai ? Ahea atu, how
far ? || hea (i).
Aheahea, n. Rainbow.
Ahei (i),pt. 1. Able. Mo tewhairawa
ake i a tatou, e kore e ahei (T. 169).
E kore au e ahei te ki atu.
2. Possible, within ones power.
Kaore e ahei i a ia te haere.
Ahei (ii), n. 1. Collar-bone. Ka wero-
hia a Te Purewa, tu tonu ki te ahei.
II ā (i).
2. A method of holding the spear
against the collar-bone as a guard.
Koinei tana tatai he ahei i te rakau.
3. Snare spread between trees for
aheinga= ahei, 3.
Aheihei = heihei, n. Disturbance.
Tutu ana te aheihei o te moana.
Aheiha, ad. Truly, exactly, certainly.
A form of assent.
Ahere. 1. n. Snare for birds, &c.
2. v.t. Fix snares.
Aheu, n. A changeable wind from the
Ahi (i), n. Fire. Tenei to ahi (T. 24).
As the first element of a compound
word ahi is applied to a large class
of karakia, as ahi - taitai, ahi-
tahoka, ahi-taumata, &c. Ahi-ka-
roa, title to land by occupation.
[I J. ii, 77, 78, and vi, 49-54.
ahiahi, n. Evening. Kia ahiahi ka hoki
mai ki roto ki tona whare (T. 46).
ahiahitanga (poetical), n. Evening.
Kia tangi atu au i te ahiahitanga
(M. 252).
Ahi (ii) = ai, v.t. Beget.
Ahikaea, n. The first month of spring.
Ahikarae, n. Portions of the slain
carried as tokens of victory. Ka
tonoa e Tuwhakairiora etahi o nga
toa hei karere ki a Te Aotaki me
te iwi hei kawe i te ahikarae i te
mariunga o te puta me te pa tahuri
(J. xx, 23). || mariunga.
Ahikauri, n. Hatred.
Ahiki. 1. n. Footstep.
2. v.i. Make haste.
ahikihiki= ahiki, 2.
Ahimaru, n. The second month of
Ahine (poetical) = wahine.
Ahinui, n. The third month of spring.
Ahipua, n. The fireplace on a canoe.
Ahitere, a. Causing discord. He wa-
hine ahitere (P. 29).

Ahiwahiwa, v.t. Cut, gash.
Aho (i), n. 1. String, line. Ka maro
a raua aho (T. 25).
2. ’ Woof, cross-threads of a mat.
Aho tahuhu, first weft in weaving a
3. Genealogy, line of descent. Ha-
painga te aho o to tupuna (M. 413).
E kore koe e tau hei whai ake mo
te taki aho ariki (M. 412).
4. Medium for an atua in divina-
tion. Kei piki koutou i te aho kei
mate koutou. = reti. || niu.
Aho (ii), n. Radiant light, as opposed
to diffused light. Ko te aho kua
tae mai ki aku kamo (S. ii, 62).
|| mataaho, tiaho, &c.
ahoaho, a. Pure white, shining (but
not applied to snow).
Aho (iii), ahoaho = aha (iii), n. Open
space. Kei te ahoaho e noho ana, kei
te wahi marama. (This is probably-
connected with aho (ii).)
Aho (iv), ahoaho, n. A fish, ? porpoise.
He aho taua ika e takoto ana i runga
i te waka.—He ariki taniwha taua
ika ahoaho.
Ahore = kahore, ad. Not.
Ahoroa, n. 1. Moon.
2. Bright moonlight. || aho (ii).
Ahotea = uhitea, n. 1. An edible
tuber. || uwhi.
2. Phyllocladus Trichomanoides; a
tree. = tanekaha.
‘ 3. Distress. To ratou manawapa
nui me te ahotea o te ngakau mo te
maumau o tenei wahine rangatira
kia mate tamariki (W.M. xi, 22).
Ahotu, n. The moon on the seventh
day. = Tamatea-tu-rua.
Ahowhare, n. Soot.
Ahu (i). 1. n. Heap, mound.
2. Sacred mound used in certain
rites. Tohinga mauritanga o papa ma
ki mua ki te ahu (M. 248). (| tuaahu.
3. v.t. Heap up. Katahi ka ahu
raua i ta raua tuaahu (W. v, 75).
4. a. Heaped up. He mea ahu
nga onepu e nga ringaringa o te to-
hunga (M. lxxxiii).
ahunga, n. Heaping up. Te ahunga
oneone, te aponga ki runga ra
(M. 127).
whakaahu. 1. v.t. Heap up, lay in
a heap. Whakaahua koe ki te ahi
rarauhe (M. 5). Whakaahutia he
aruhe ki runga ahi.
2. v.i. Swell up. Ka whakaahu
toku puku.
3. Be displeased, dissatisfied. Ka-
tahi te tangata whakaahu ki aku
kai.—Whakaahu ana au i te puka-
puka a Henare : ko taku whakaahu
tenei, te haere ia ki Wharekahika
kati mai ai.
ahuahu. 1. v.t. Heap up. He mea
ahuahu nga puke hei taunga mo a
ratou teka.
2. Earth up crops, &c.
3. n. The process of earthing up.
I u mai a Paikea ki enei motu . . .
i te wa i tupuketia ai te ahuahu
(W. iii, 35).
Ahu (ii), v.t. 1. Tend, foster, fashion.
Na Tuparimaewaewa, nana ahau i
ahu mai, ka kiia he tangata (T. 17).
Kihai koe i ahua e tou matua
(M. 115). Ka ahuria o iwi matariki
e te ran e pae (M. 22). Ahu-whenua,
cultivate the soil. Kua marara nga
tangata . . . ki a ratou mahi ahu-
whenua i nga mara (W. v, 20).
2. Treat with. To kiri i ahua ki te
wai ngarahu (M. 28).
ahuahu, v.t. Tend, foster, fashion.
Ahuahungia mai e Rongotakawiu,
ka tupu ko Whakatau (T. 57). I
te wahi i ahua mai tenei mahi . . .
a ahuahu te whenua, a ahuahu te
moana, . . . e Io-matua.
ahunga, n. Generation. Ata whaia ki
tenei ahunga tangata (M. lxxi). Ko
taua kuia no te ahunga i a Kuoro.
Whakaahu, Whakaahu-te-ra, n. A star,
? Castor or Pollux.
Ahu (iii), v.i. 1. Move in a certain
direction. E ahu mai ana te waka.
2. Point in a certain direction.
Ka kitea ki nga waewae e takoto
ana ahu tonu ki roto (T. 202). Ki
te taha ahi e ahutia mai nga ihu
waka i a Pararaki (S. 35).
ahuahu, V.i. 1. Be diminished. Kaore
rawa kia ahuahu nga peka.
2. Set of the sun. Kia ahuahu
te ra ka kai ai tatou.
Ahu (iv), n. ?=kahu. Garment. E
kore au e mate, i te ahu o Kuranui
(P. 64).
Ahua (i). 1. n. Form, appearance. Ae,
me koe na ano te ahua (T. 62).
2. Form, as opposed to substance.
Ka tangohia e te patupaiarehe te
ahua o nga whakakai (T. 181).
3. Character. He tangata ahua
4. v.t. Form, make. Ka ahua te
pa, ko Rangitawhi.

whakaahua. 1. v.t. Form, fashion. Ka
haere a Tane, whakaahua i te one-
one hei wahine mahana (Tr. vii, 34).
2. v.i. Acquire form. Kua oti
ake ia te whakaahua ki te ahua o
nga manu (T. 14).
āhuahua, v.i. Resemble. Ahuahua ana
te kanohi o te tamaiti nei ki tona
ahuatia, v. pass. 1. Be matured. Te
kainga i ahuatia ai koutou e Tiki.
2. Be completed. Kahore ano kia
ahuatia te haora mo te kai.
3. Be full, of the moon. Ahuatia
koia te marama, e, te whakahinga
atu ki Okehu (M. 106).
āhuatanga, n. Likeness. Ka whaka-
ahuatia hoki ahau ki to te manu
ahuatanga (T. 18).
whaka-whai-ahua, v.t. Impart form
to, fashion.
Ahua (ii), v.i. Be pregnant. E ahua
ana te wahine.
Ahua (iii), v.i. 1. Hasten. E to, e te
ra, ahua te whakangaro (M. 396).
E to ra koia, e te ra, e ahua iara ko
te whakangaro (M. 377).
2. Approach. Ka ahua mai ki te
matakitaki (T. 180).
Ahūa, ad. Truly ; a form of assent.
Ahuaatua, n. Discourtesy, rudeness.
Ahuahunui, n. A pattern of carving.
Ahuareka, a. 1. Pleasant, agreeable,
entertaining. Ka ahuareka noa iho a
raua nei korero ki a raua nei (T. 169).
2. Pleased. E kore ahau e ahua-
reka ki tena mea.
Ahukahuka, v.t. 1. Resemble, coincide
nearly. Kihai i ahukahuka mai tau
korero i runga i taku.
2. Become acquainted with. Nga
tangata kua ahukahuka ki nga
main a te pakeha, ko ratou ano e
matau (W.M. viii, 89).
3. Recognize. I ahukahuka atu
ahau i taku tirohanga atu ki te
tangata ra.
4. Get near, approach. Kihai i
ahukahuka te kai-whai, kihai i aha.
Ahumehume, a. 1. Suitable, pleasing.
Ahumehume tahi te kahu a te Ti-
pua (Sh.T. 180).
2. n. A woman’s garment reach-
ing from waist to knee. = rapaki.
Ahungarua, a. Elderly, approaching
old age. || ahu (ii).
Ahunui, a. Industrious. || ahu (ii).
Ahupuke, n. Some part of the tuaahu
used in connection with makutu.
Ahurangi. 1. a. Unsettled, uncertain.
Ahurangi ana taku nei titiro ki
Ahuahu i raro.
2. n. A form of tuaahu, q.v.
Ahurei (i). 1. a. Chief, prominent,
2. n. Glow, splendour. =mana.
whakaahurei, v.i. Shoot forth.
Ahurei (ii), v.t. Plant kumara. ||wha-
Ahurewa, n. 1. Sacred place for the
performance of mystic ceremonies.
Ka kiia taua wahi he ahurewa, ara
ko te wahi tapu (Wa. 3). I taona ki
te umu ki runga te ahurewa (J. ii,
120). || ahu (i), tuaahu.
2. Watchman’s platform in a fort.
Ko te ahurewa o te pa, he pataka,
he mea hanga hei nohoanga mo te
hunga whakaaraara i nga tangata o
roto i te pa, kia mataara tonu i te
Ahuriri, n. 1. Weir, dyke.
2. A close low fence in a cultiva-
tion, or across entrance to a pa, to
exclude pigs, &c. Te maioro, he
mea mahi a roto ki te rarauhe me
te korokio, me nga mea kotau hei
whakakaha mo ta ratou ahuriri.
3. A funnel-shaped fishing-net of
great size, used like a hinaki in tidal
Ahuru (i), a. Warm, comfortable. Kia
moe atu au i te moenga ahuru
(M. 21).
whakaahuru, v.t. Warm, nestle, cherish.
He whakaahuru kore mo to kiri
(M. 26).
Ahuru (ii), āhuruhuru, n. Calloptilum
punctatum, a sea-fish, scaleless, about
size of rawaru.
Ahuwhenua, a. Industrious. || ahu (ii).
Ai (i), ad. Not generally to be trans-
lated by any equivalent English word,
but used in the following cases :—
1. In relative clauses, where the
relative in English is governed by
a verb or preposition. Kei kona
nga tangata i kite ai au (There are
the men whom I saw) (T. 116). Ka
kitea he tikanga mana e mate ai
tenei taniwha (He discovered a plan
by which this monster might be killed)
(T. no). Occasionally with passive
verbs when the relative is the sub-
ject of the verb. Ka kitea te wahi
i ltimihia mai ai e ratou (The place
was found which was sought for by
them) (T. 121).

2. In clauses expressing the
reason for which anything is done,
or the object in view in doing it.
He aha koe i whakaorangia ai ?
(Why were you saved alive ?) (T. 46).
Koia i tapaa ai toku ingoa e te iwi
nei, ko Tatau (That is why this
people gave me the name of Tatau)
(T. 46). I tapaa ai tena matenga
ko Maikukutea, no te mea ko nga
maikuku kau i kitea (The place of
this slaughter was called Maikukutea
because there was nothing found but
the finger-nails) (T. 93). He nuka
na Kupe kia riro mai ai a Kura-
marotini mana (It was an artifice of
Kupe’s in order that he might obtain
Kuramarotini for himself) (T. 109).
Mo wai to wai, i haere iho ai koe i
te po ? (For whom is your water that
you come down to fetch it by night?)
(T. 96). Te tangata nana nei ahau
i maminga i haere mai ai ahau (The
man who deceived me so that I came).
3. In clauses marking the time
or place of an action or event.
Nonawhea koutou nei i u mai ai ?
{When was it that you arrived ?)
(T. 122). Kei te wai heru ano ka
patu ai, katahi ka mate (It is at
the pool where he dresses his hair
that you should strike him ; then he
will die) (T. 54).
4. With a verb or adjective
denoting an action or state con-
sequent upon some previous action.
Toia ake ki uta takoto ai i te po
(It was drawn up on shore at night,
to lie there) (T. 76).
5. Denoting present habitual con-
dition or action. Noho noa ai nga
tangata o tera motu ; kaore e mahi
kai (The men of that island live at
ease ; they do not cultivate food).
6. With reference to something
previously mentioned, as aforesaid,
as already stated. I a ia ai i roto i
te whare o ona tuakana (When he
was, as already stated, in the house of
his elder brothers) (T. 17). Po iho
ai, ka whiti mai a Hinemoa ki
Mokoia (When the night came, as
aforesaid, Hinemoa crossed over to
Mokoia) (T. 135).
7. In the phrase, Ko wai i hua ai ?
or Ko wai i tohu ai? (Who would
have thought ?)
•8. With koi, indicating a narrow
escape. Koi rarua ai koe !
Ai (ii), v. substantive. Te ai he aha
hei whakaohooho mai (There was
nothing to disturb them) (T. 117).
Me e ai ana he toki maku (If there
were an axe for me; for If I had an
axe). Mehemea e ai iwi toroa ana
au (If I possessed some albatross
bones). E ai au kuware 1 (What
folly is yours!). The following is an
irregular use : Me he ai waka, kua
whiti atu ahau (If there were a canoe,
I would cross over). E ai ki tana, or
e ai tana, it is according to. his [say-
ing], i.e., he says. E ai, in poetry,
as it were. Kia ringia te puna i aku
kamo, e ai te taheke (M. 133). Ka
mangi noa au, e ai te ao rere (M.
Ai (iii), v.t. 1. Lie with a female ;
copulate, of both sexes. Aitia ana
taua wahine a Maui e Tuna-roa
(W. ii, 109).
2. Procreate, beget. Nana i ai atu
Kaitawhara (M. 208).
aitanga, n. Progeny, descendants (a
frequent factor in tribal appel-
latives). Te aitanga a Tiki (The
descendants of Tiki, a tribe) (T. 145).
In poetical expression, Te aitanga
a Punga, insects, &c. Ngai as an
element in tribal names seems to
be connected with this. || ati.
Ai (iv), int. expressing surprise. Ai !
taukiri e ! (T. 63).
Aiahi (poetical)=ahiahi. E muri aiahi
takoto ki te moenga (S).
Aianei. 1. ad. Now, to-day, presently.
Waihoki ko tenei, e aku tuakana, ka
taea hoki e au tenei, ka taea hoki
e au tera atu aianei (T. 19).
2. l.n. The present time. After
the prep, i, no, 0, or part, to, the
letter n is prefixed and the prep, and
n written as one word. || inaianei,
nonaianei, onaianei. Kotahi tonu
tonaianei, ko Tuhourangi (T. 77).
The word is sometimes broken by
the insertion of tata. || inaiatatanei.
Aihe. 1. n. Delphinus delphis, dol-
phin. = rarihi.
2. Drift wood. Kei te kapi te ara-
a-waka i te aihe.
3. a. Drifting. Ka haere te pipi
aihe, ka noho te tumu-whakarae
(J. xvii, 163).
aihetia, pass. Be driven ashore. Ko
taua tuporo waro i aihetia ki uta e
te tai, ara i paea ki uta.
Aihunga = hauhunga, n. Frost.

Ainga, n., derived from ā (ii). Vio-
lence, driving-force. I te wa e rere
ai te kano o te perehia i te ainga a
te hau ki te moana (W. iii, 35).
Aio (i), a. 1. Calm. Kaore, ka aio
te moana, ka rewa (Pi. 135, 4).
2. At peace. He whenua aio.
whakaaio, a. Peaceful. Ka moe wha-
kaaio ki te mate (S. ii, 78).
whakaaiohia, pass. Used of making
peace, in antithesis to houhia te
rongo. Ka houhia te rongo i tera
pa, e whakaaiohia ana i tetahi pa
(P. 54) •
Aio (ii), n. The moon on the eighth
day. = Tamatea-tu-toru.
Aiopīpī, n. Settled calm.
Airaia, conj. But. = otira, raia.
Aitu, n. 1. Sickness, calamity. Tenei
te taka i te whare aitu (M. 334).
2. Demon. Ka whiwhi te ringa
o Aitu (M. 139). Te ika a te Aitu
(M. 223).
Aitua. 1. a. Of ill omen, unlucky.
He aitua, ina mahue te whare.
2. Unfortunate, in trouble. Na
koutou hoki tatou i aitua ai.—Kei
aitua tana tamaiti mo tana mahi
he (W. i, 99).
3. n. Misfortune, trouble, distaste,
4. Omen, particularly evil omen.
Ka matakite hei titiro i tona aitua
(T. 175)- II J- vii, 120.
Aiutu. ----- Ka tatau te maro aiutu,
te eke mai he aiutu ki tenei matoro-
Aka (i), n. Yearning, affection. Kua
mate a Rangi i te aka. = aroha.
Aka (ii), v.t. Clean off, scrape away.
Ko te iwi o Kahuparoro ki te koko
i te aruhe, ko te iwi o Rakaihiku-
roa ki te aka i te pei o te aruhe.
Aka (i), n. Long and thin roots of
trees or plants. Kei hopu tou ringa
ki te aka taepa, engari kia mau ki
te aka matua (T. 48). Aka 0 tu-
whenua, and aka 0 te whenua
(M. 289), a proverbial expression
for fern-root. He aruhe, ko te aka
o tuwhenua, ko te kai e ora ai te
tangata (M. 141).
2. Metrosideros scandens ; a climb-
ing plant.
3. Vine of any climbing plant;
hence occurring in the names of
many climbers.
akaaka. 1. n. Fibrous roots.
2. a. Having -fibrous roots.
Aka (ii) (Tahu.) = anga, q.v. Ka ko-
hitia te aka o te pupu, ka whakapiri
ki o raua kanohi (Tr. vii, 43). Ko
nga huruhuru o te upoko, koia te
aka (Tr. vii, 40).
Akahu, a. Shallow, on the surface.
Kia akahu to tarei i tena wahi,
kaua e u to toki. || kahu.
ākahukahu, a. Indistinct, scarcely
Akakaikiore, akakiore, n. Parsonsia
heterophylla, P. capsularis, &c. ;
climbing plants.
Akakaikū, akakaikūkū, akakūkū, n.
A climbing plant (Passiflora te-
tr andr a, also a species of Clematis.)
Akakaimanu, n. Passiflora tetrandra;
a climbing plant.
Akakarena, n. A climbing plant.
Akakiekie, n. Roots of kiekie (Frey-
cinetia Banksii).
Akakiore = akakaikiore.
‘ Akakoareare, n. Edible rhizome of
raupo (Typha angustifolia). = ko-
Akakohia, n. Passiflora tetrandra ; a
climbing plant.
Akakongohe, n. A climbing plant.
Akakopuka, akapuka, n. A climbing
Akakowhai, n. A climbing plant.
Akakūkū. || akakaikū.
Akakura, n. 1. Metrosideros florida ;
a climbing plant.
2. A weapon of the wood of this
plant. Ai he akakura hei kokiri,
tau rawa atu ko Kaikoura ra
(M. 196).
3. A variety of kumara.
Akapirita — pirita, n. Rhipogonum
scandens, supplejack; a climbing
Akapohue, n. A creeping plant.
? = pohue (Calystegia sepium, bind-
weed) .
Akapuka = akakopuka.
Akaraupo, n. A variety of potato.
Akarewa, n. A variety of taro,
purplish in colour.
Akatātarāmoa, n. A climbing plant.
Akata whiwhi, n. Metrosideros florida ;
a climbing plant.
Akatea, n. Metrosideros scandens; a
climbing plant. Ko te upoko i
takaia ki te akatea (P. 55).
Akatokai, n. A climbing plant with
a thin strong stem, used for lashing

Akatorotoro, n. A climbing plant
with a thin strong stem, used for
lashing toki.
Akatotara, n. A climbing plant.
Akaturihanga, n. A climbing plant
with a very strong stem, used for
Akau, n. 1. Shore, coast, especially
rocky coast. Noho ana i te akau o
te moana (T. 96). Akau roa, and
akaunga roa, circuitous route. He
akau roa ano tera, he tukutata tenei.
2. Bank, of a stream. Ka tango
ia ki tana tira . . . ki te akau o te
wai (M. lxxxiii).
3. Reef. Ko te akau tera i tahuri
ai taua waka, ko Te Huripureiata.
Akau, a. ------ Hoe akau, steering-
paddle. Ka whakaturia nga kai
mau o nga hoe ; ko Taipupuni ki
te hoe akau.
Akawhêro, n. A climbing plant.
Ake (i), n. Do donee a viscosa; a tree.
= ake-rautangi.
akeake, n. Dodoncea viscosa, Olearia
Traversii and other species; trees.
Ake (ii). 1. ad. indicating immediate
continuation in time. Haere ake,
haere ake, ka morunga ake taua
whare (T. 21). Sometimes to be
translated forthwith, thenceforth. Ti-
tiro ana tetehi o nga pononga,
tikarohia ake te kanohi e Tongameha
(T. 48). When used with an imperf.
verb, ake, unlike mai, always pre-
cedes ana. Mea ake, or mea kau
ake, immediately, soon, in a very little
while. No reira tana mohiotanga,
mea ake ia whakamatea hei utu mo
taua tamaiti (T. 108). Taro ake,
in a little while. Ake, ake, ake,
for ever. Penei ka ora tonu te
tangata ake, ake, ake (T. 7). (In
speaking, the a of the first ake is
somewhat prolonged.)
2. ad. intensifying the force of
some local nouns, adjectives, and
pronouns: Ki runga ake, higher
up ; no mua ake, some time before.
I mua tata ake o te whawhai ki
Waikato (Just before the Waikato
war) (W. iv, 48). Kei muri ake
ano i a ratou etahi waka e hoe
ana mai (A little after them were
paddling some other canoes) (T. 121).
With an adjective or participle, quite,
very. Pau ake nga taha (T. 94). Oti
ake nga papa e rua (T. 35). A, ka
nui ake tona whakama (T. 186). Taua
ra ake, that same day. With a
personal pronoun, self. E wawata
puku ana tetehi me tetehi ki a raua
ake (T. 131.) With a possessive
pron., own. E kore e rite ki tana
ake kai, tino kai tino makona (P.).
When used thus with a pron. the
order is sometimes varied, thus:
toku whare ake = toku ake whare.
Homai te paki whero o Uenuku na
hei paki ake moku (T. 65).
3. Correlative of iho, q.v. From
below, upwards. When persons or
objects are thus relatively situated,
ake always qualifies the action or
condition of that which is in the
inferior position in respect of that
which is in the superior position ;
this is so even though iho be
not expressed. Te puna e hu ake
ra i raro i te whenua (T. 154).
Ka whakatika ake i roto i te wai
(T. 134). E koutou e haka ake
nei, whakarongo ake koutou katoa
(T. 65). Ma te pawa e ngau ake,
ka mate (T. 64).
4. Implying direction to some
place connected with the speaker,
but not where he is at the time of
speaking. Engari, ki te haere ake
koe ki toku kainga, haria ake ano
he kai mau (S. 26).
Ake (iii), v.i. Go. Ka ake ki hea ?
Akeake, n. Poor land. Ko aku pura-
pura i whakanohoia ki te akeake.
Akengokengo, ad. To-morrow.
Akepiro, n. Olearia furfuracea; a
Akerautangi, n. 1. Dodoncea viscosa;
a tree. = ake (i).
2. A weapon made of the same.
I werohia pea ki te akerautangi
(M. 112).
Akewharangi, n. Olearia Cunning-
hamii ; a tree.
Aki (i). 1. v.t. Dash. Hohoro kau
ana te tangata ki te aki i te patu
ki nga kauae o te ika ra (T. 155).
2. Beat, pound. I rongo ake tera
ki te turituri o te ngahiri e aki ana
i te roi (W. iv, 40).
3. v.i. Dash. Ko te tai anake e
aid ana (T. 93).
4. Abut on. Mehemea ka tu te-
tehi whare, ka aki mai te waha ki te
tuarongo o tetehi, he whare kotore,
he aitua.

akiaki, v.t. Urge on. Kei te akiaki a
Tamatea-a-moa, “ Tikina a tatou ta-
ngata, totoia mai, patua ” (W. iii, 61).
Aki (ii), n. Boy. (Tahu.)
Akiaki, n. Larus scopulinus, red-billed
gull. = tarapunga.
Akiko, ad. At a distance from home.
E noho akiko ana taua tangata.
Akiraho, n. Olearia Forsteri; a shrub.
Akiri, V.t. Throw away, reject. Akiri-
tia nga otaota ki waho.
ākirikiri, v.t. Throw away piecemeal.
Tikina ana e raua, hura ana nga
toetoe o te whare, akirikiritia ana.
Akitō, v.i. 1. Be slow.
2. Trail, as a garment.
3. Be lengthened out.
= akuto, auto.
Akitu. 1. v.t. Close in on, fight. Hei
akitu e nga hangarau i ahau (S. 77).
2. n. Point, end, summit. || aki (i).
Ako (i), v.t. 1. Learn. E karakia ana
nga tohunga ra, e akona tonutia
ana e Rata i konei ka mohio atu ia
(T. 56).
2. Teach, instruct, advise. Penei
ka rongo mai koe ki taku ako atu
ka ora koe (T. 25). Ka ako atu a
Tinirau ki nga tangata o te kainga,
“ E puta au i te ata, kia kaha te
karanga ” (T. 38). Kihai raua i
whakarongo ki te ako o tana kupu
(W. iii, 26).
whakaako, v.t. Teach. Na te atua
ano ia i whakaako, i mohio ai (T. 8).
akonga, n. Learner, disciple.
akoranga, n. 1. Circumstance, time,
place, &c., of learning.
2. Thing taught or learnt.
akoako, v.i. Consult together, give or
take counsel.
Ako (ii), akoako, v.i. Split, have a
tendency to split. E kore tenei ra-
kau e akoako. Tai akoako, a very
low tide.
Ako (iii), v.i. Move, stir. Kei ako au,
kei keukeu (M. 27). Ako hihiri ai e
roto ki te mahi (M. 120).
Akoro, n. The moon on the fifth day.
= Koro, Okoro.
Aku, pron. 1. plural of definitive pron.
taku. My. Kia kite i aku tamariki
(T. 16). [For the difference between
aku and oku || F.L. §22.]
2. pron. 1 st pers. sing, -ku with
prep, a prefixed. Belonging to me,
of mine. I whanau au i tetehi
tamaiti aku (I brought forth a child
of mine) (T. 16).
Aku, akuaku. 1. v.i. Delay, take
time over anything.
2. v.t. Scrape out, cleanse. Aku-
akuna te umu.
akuaku, a. Firm, strong. Kahore ano
kia akuaku nga iwi o tana tamaiti.
Akuanei, ad. of time following. Pre-
sently, to - day. Akuanei u tonu
mai (Presently they arrived) (T. 121).
Akuanei koe whakarere ai i a au
(S. 25). Me whai mai e to waka
akuanei (T. 70).
Akuara, l.n. A little while. Used as
an ad. with prep, i followed by
euphonic n. || inakuara, aianei,
Akunga, n. Rank and file. E warn
rau tonu te kairakau o te ope, ma te
akunga ka toru mano ai (Pi. 149, it).
Akura, n. Entrance to an eel-pot.
Akutō, a. 1. Late, lagging. He tau
akuto (A year in which the crops
are late.)
2. Slow. He ope akuto, e kore e
hohoro te ara. || akito, auto.
akutotanga, n. Delay. Ka poro ra
hoki taku akutotanga (M. 174).
Ama (i), n. 1. Outrigger on the wind-
ward side of a canoe. Hei roto koe,
hei te ama o to taua waka (T. 26).
|| tuama.
2. Thwart of a canoe.
Ama (ii) = amo, n. The carved posts
supporting the maihi of a whare.
Amai. 1. n. Swell on the sea. Ka-
hore i tata mai te amai o te moana
ki te wahapu o Manuka (W. v, 69).
2. The back part of the head of a
Maori axe-helve, where bound round.
3. a. Giddy, dizzy. E amai ana
tona matenga.
āmaimai, a. Nervous.
Amaia, n. Halo.
Amaru (i), n. Metrosideros florida;
a climbing plant.
Amaru (ii), a. Of dignified aspect.
|| maru.
Amatiatia, n. 1. Outrigger of a canoe.
2. Canoe with an outrigger.
Amene, v.t. 1. Desire. Kei te amene
te ngakau ki te kino.
2. Gather, collect. Amenea mai
nga pungarehu. || mene (i).
Amengemenge, a. Curled, crumpled.
= koromengemenge.
Ami, v.t. Gather, collect. Kia amia
he taua (W. v, 103). Kia roa ai
hoki he wa hei ami kai ma te
manuwhiri (W. v, 55).

Ami, n. Odour.
amiami, n. A sweet-smelling shrub.
Amiki = amiku. 1. v.t. Gather up
without omitting any, make a clean
sweep. Kua amikia katoatia nga
kai. || āmi.
2. Tell a story without omitting any
particular. Kaua e amikitia te korero.
3. Go round about.
4. a. Prosy.
Amiku = amiki.
āmikumiku, v.t. Make a circuit round.
Amine = amene. || mine.
Amio, v.i. Roam, go round about,
circle round. Ko te rerenga o taua
kawau ki runga amio ai (S.). Amioa,
amioa, ko te rua o nga hokinga mai
(M. 410). Tangi amio ana te karoro
i tai ra (S. ii, 77).
amionga, a. 1. Mischievous, meddle-
2. Procrastinating. E tama, he
amionga to mahi.
āmiomio, v.i. 1. Turn round and
2. Be giddy.
Amo. 1. v.t. Carry on the shoulder.
E kite koe i te rakau roa, turakina,
ka amo mai (T. 46).
2. Carry on a litter.
3. Rush upon, charge. Amohia !
4. n. Litter, bier.
5. Upright supports of the lower
ends of the maihi on the front gable
of a house.
6. A ceremonial presentation of
kumara to the tohunga, connected
with lifting the crop. Ka haere te
amo a Hotukura ki te ariki ki a
Uenuku (T. 107). He amo i te hau
o te taua kia toa ai ki te riri. || amo-
hanga, amonga.
amohanga, n. 1. Stage for storing food.
2. Posts of a whata.
3. = amoamohanga. Kumara,
&c., sent to the chief tohunga as part
of ceremony of pure when the crop
was gathered. Ka tikina te kai o ia
mara, o ia mara, ka hui ki te mahi
i aua kai ano, ko te ingoa o tena he
pure, he amoamohanga mo nga kai
i mahia i roto i te tau.
amonga=amoranga, n. The heart of
one slain in battle, or other sacred
food for conciliating an atua. Ka
raranga i to kete tuauriuri, hai kete
amonga mau.—Ka haere a Tautu-
porangi ki te kawe i te amoranga ki
a Te Wananga.
Amoka, n. Podocarpus totara ; a South
Island name for totara.
Amokapua, n. Chief, leader, priest.
= amorangi.
Amokura, n. Phaeton rubricauda, red-
tailed tropic - bird. Kia tia paruru
te rau o te amokura (S. 8).
Amoranga. || amo.
Amorangi, n. 1. Priest, leader. = amo-
2. Emblem of an atua carried by
tohunga in van of army. Te amo-
rangi ki mua, te hapai o ki muri (P.).
|| iorangi.
Amotai, n. 1. Swell on the sea.
2. Name of a certain incantation
or karakia.
Amu, amuamu, v.i. Grumble, begrudge,
complain. Kei te noho noa iho ia
ki te kainga, me te whakarongo
ki te amuamu a ana wahine (T. 20).
Pass, amuamutia, be grumbled at.
Ka amuamutia e te tangata whenua
(P. 106).
Amua, l.n. The time to come. Hei
amua, or mo amua, hereafter. Hei
amua ahau ka haere ai. || mua.
Amuri, l.n. The time to come. Waiho
mo amuri. Amuri ake nei, here-
after. || muri.
Ana (i) = ae na, int. Yes. In answer
to a negative question it must
be translated no. || ae. “ E kore
ranei e tae mai ki konei ? ” “ Ana,
e kore pea e tae mai” (“No, pro-
bably he will not come ”). Kaore
āna ra koe awhe mai ana ki te hau-
kainga (M. xcvii). Ana koia, ana
koa, yes, certainly.
Ana (ii), pron. 1. plural of definitive
pron. tana. His, her. Ka ui atu a
Maui ki ana tuakana (T. 10). Ka
tatau mai to ratou whaea i ana tama
(T. 10). [For the difference between
ana and ona || F.L. § 22.]
2. pron. 3rd pers. sing, -na with
prep, a prefixed. Of him, of her,
of his, of hers. A, ka mutu tenei
mahi ana (Well, this exploit of his
was ended) (T. 25).
Ana (iii), def. =ena, pl. of tena. (Ngi.)
Anā. 1. ad. There. Ana, kei Motu-
tapu (T. 33). Anei tatou na ko te
po : ana tatou na he ra ki tua (P.).
|| anei, arā.
2. conj. When, in future time
only. Ko to te Maori ritenga
tawhito tenei ana ka marenatia
(T. 134)-

3. int. calling immediate atten-
tion. Ana ! me te poko ! (T. 13).
Ana, koia e takoto kino nei te
whenua (T. 23). || anana.
Ana (i), n. Cave. Te ana kowhatu o
te wahine ra (T. 95).
Ana (ii). A particle denoting con-
tinuance of action or state, used
after verbs or adjectives. When
the verb is followed by mai, ana
may either precede or follow mai.
E kiia ana mai (M. 58) : E kiia
mai ana (M. 59). When the verb is
followed by any other adverb, or
by its object without the particle i,
ana will follow the adverb or object,
as the case may be. E mahi kai
ana ma ratou (T. 78) : E haere
tapu tonu ana mai (T. 78) : Ko
Maru e titiro iho ana (T. 137).
1. When e precedes the adj. or
verb, ana denotes a temporary con-
dition, a continuing action, or an
action intended to be performed im-
mediately. Kei runga kei te whare
e iri ana tou teina, e ngaua ana e
te pawa ahi (T. 64). E whakarongo
ana raua ki te putanga mai o te hau
(T. 93). E pai ana tena (T. 195).
E haere ana ahau ki Tauranga.
2. Following a word preceded by
kia, ana denotes continuance of
action or condition. He aha i
waiho ai te manuhiri kia karanga
ana (T. 168). Ko te here ka waiho
kia tere ana (T. 147).
3. Without e it is used in animated
narration of a rapid succession of
actions. Ae ana mai, haere ana:
noho ana ia, tunu manu ana mana
(T. 95).
4. Placed after a noun, it denotes
the point to which anything reaches.
“ Ko Te Kahureremoa ” atu ano, i
waho nei, a, roto atu ana (T. 144).
Anahe = anake, ad. Only.
Anaianei, ad. Henceforward. ||aianei.
Anake, ad. 1. Only, none but, nothing
but. Ko te tai anake e aki ana
• (T. 93).
2. Without exception. Ko enei pa
e toru no Ngati-Apa anake nga ta-
Anamata, ad. Hereafter. || namata.
Anana, int. expressing admiration, &c.
Anana! tutu ana te heihei (T. 5).
Anana ! ta Tangaroa pai hoki, ano
kei te wai e tawheta ana (T. 22).
|| anā.
Ananga, n. The moon on the sixth
day. = Tamatea-tu-tahi.
Anao, anaoa, int. expressing satisfaction
or assent. Certainly. Anao, e tama,
he ahakoa i kiia ai (W.M. x, 203).
Anau (i). 1. v.i. Ramble, wander.
Na taku wairua i anau kau (M. 331).
|| nau.
2. a. Restless, lazy, bewildered.
3. Curved, crooked. Piko anau,
4. n. Curve. Ka nui te anau-
tanga o te whenua nei. (Referring
to sweep of horizon.)
Anau (ii), n. Rain. (Tahu.)
Aneane, a. Sharp. Aneane tonu te
mata o te rakau. || areare.
Anea, a. Devastated, swept by war.
Anea kau ana te whenua.—Haere
i a Tuku-noa, i a Heke-noa, e popo,
e anea, mau ka oti atu.
whakaanea (probably from a different
root), v.i. Stoop. I whakaanea hoki,
na reira i kitea ai te kohamo.
Anehu, a. Misty. He rangi anehu.
Anei = enei, pl. of tenei. (Ngi.)
Anei, ad. 1. Here. Anei tatou na ko
te po : ana tatou na he ra ki tua
(P.). || tenei.
2. In this case. Me i haere mai
koe i te taenga atu o Paoa, anei kua
ata whakatika taua korero.
Anene = hanene, v.i. Breathe gently.
I ata anene te haere mai o te hau ra ;
anenenene, a ka rahi haere.
Anewa. 1. v. Reel, fall. Me he mata-
kokiri anewa i te rangi. || newa.
2. a. Weak, listless. Kahore he
iwi i te ngaunga a te ra ; anewa
noa ai. Anewa 0 te rangi, whirl-
wind. Whakataha ra koe i te anewa
o te rangi.
anewanewa. 1. a. Giddy. E haere
anewanewa ana te potaka, ara e
haere whakahingahinga ana.—E taia
ana au e te mate, kai te potaka
tunewhanewha ; ka taia, ka haere,
ka anewanewa.
2. v.i. Loaf, linger. I runga i
te mangere e anewanewa noa ana
kia kiia ai kei te mahi.
whakaanewanewa, v.i. Act slowly and
deliberately. “ Whakanewanewa
marire,” e ki ana a Patētē (P.).
Ani, a. Resounding, echoing.
aniani, v.t. Disparage, belittle.
Anina, āninanina, a. Giddy, aching.
Kua aninaninatia te mahunga ki
enei tu korero (W.M. ix, 54). || ānini.

Anini. 1. a. Giddy, aching (of the
head only). E anini ana toku
upoko.—Tere anini ana ki roto Ma-
pere (M. 341).
2. n. Sensation.
3. Shimmering heat. || arohi.
ānininini, a. Reeling.
Anipā, a. Anxious, solicitous. Ka
ngaro to tamaiti, kaore e kitea, kua
anipa noa iho koe koi mate.
Aniroro, a. Giddy, light-headed. || ra-
Aniu, v.i. Feel shame. Kanui toku
aniutanga i muri i a koe.
Aniwa, a. Reckless, aimless, bewildered.
āniwaniwa. 1. n. Rainbow.
2. Deep water. Tutu ana te aniwa-
niwa o te awa, o Whanganui.
3. a. Black, like clouds in stormy
weather, or like deep water. E
whakaaniwaniwa mai ra te rangi.
aniwatanga, n. 1. Blackness of deep
2. Disgust, distaste. He pono ano
ra taku aniwatanga ki te kai a Tiki
(M. 19).
Ano, ad. 1. Up to the time spoken of,
still, yet. Kei te hi ano ratou (T. 45).
E tupu mai nei ano (T. 100). Kahore
ano, not yet. Kaore ano a Tango-
tango i mohio ko Tawhaki tenei
(T. 51)-
2. Again. Maranga atu tohe mai
ano (T. 100). Ka te apiti ano, ka
whati mai ano (T. 101).
3. Also, too. Ka tahuna te whare
ki te ahi, me nga tangata ano i roto
(T. 46). Often in conjunction with
4. Repeated with a noun, one
. . . another. He tohi ano mo
te tane, he tohi ano mo te wahine
{There is one form of tohi ceremony
for the male, another for the female).
5. Quite, just, exactly. Ano ko
taua tamaiti tupu ake (T. 130).
He kata noa ano (T. 199). Ae ; me
koe na ano te ahua (T. 62). Katahi
ano, now for the first time. Katahi
ano a Paoa ka kitea, ka mohiotia
hoki (T. 190).
6. With personal pronouns, self.
Nau ano i kawe mai i a koe ? (T. 60).
7. With possessive pronoun, own.
Na ana tama ano ra (T. 199).
8. With demonstratives, . same.
Ka whakatika mai o Taupo tira,
ko te ara e haere mai ai, ko taua
huarahi ano (T. 149).
9. Indeed, in affirmations and as-
sertions. Kaore, kei taku ano (T. 25).
E tika ana ano.—Kahore he waka
mou ? He waka ano.
10. Denoting admiration, and
sometimes used inter jectionally.
Ano te kiri, me te anuhe tawatawa
nga mahi a te kauri (T. 30). Ano
me he pukepuke whenua (T. 150).
Koia ano I How extraordinary ! Koia
ano i roa ai te nohoanga iho (T. 16).
11. As, as though, as it were.
Ano ko Kopu ka puta ake i te pae
nga karu o te maipi a te tangata ra.
(T. 99). Ka karanga atu a Hine-
moa . . . ano he reo tane (T. 133).
12. And when. = a no.
Anoano, n. Alarm, giddiness.
Anohea, n. Listlessness. || anuhea.
Anu, v.i. Spit, sputter.
Anu, anuanu, n. Cold. Ka hauhau
koe i te anu o waho (T. 66). Takoto
mai ra i te anuanu, i te matao
(M. 83).
anuanu, a. 1. Offensive, disgusting. E
pa, neke atu ; anuanu tahi tou.
2. Disgusted. Kei te anuanu au
i te wai-roro tapu o Tukorehu (M.
anuanutanga, n. Cold. Haere, e kui,
i te anuanutanga o nga tau (M. 164).
Anuanu, n. The umu in which food
was cooked as part of the pure
ceremony at kumara planting. I
te ata ano ka ka te pure : te ingoa
o taua pure, he anuanu.
Anuhe, n. 1. A large caterpillar,
larva of Sphinx convolvuli. E tupu
atu kumara, e ohu e te anuhe (P.).
= hotete, awheto.
2. Markings on the skin of
mackerel. Ano te kiri, me te
anuhe tawatawa nga mahi a te
kauri (T. 30).
Anuhea, a. 1. Weak, listless, pinched
with cold. Kataina te hau makariri,
te hau mataotao, te anuanu, te
2. Ugly. He anuhea tena, kei ti-
tiro atu. || anohea.
Anurangi, n. A variety of kumara
with a dark skin. Na Hoturoa i
mau mai te kumara e kiia nei he
anurangi (W. ii, 165). = anutai.
Anutai, n. 1. A variety of kumara.
= anurangi.
2. A species of cockle.
Anutipoki, n. A variety of kumara.
Anga, n. Derivative from ā (ii).

Anga. 1. v.i. Face or move in a
certain direction. Kei te anga te
kuwaha ki te uru (T. no). Me
anga taua ki te ra huru (T. 112).
2. Turn to, set about, doing any-
thing, followed by ki or ka. Katahi
ka anga ki te tui i a ratou ika.—Ka
anga ano ka pei atu i a ia (T. 68).
3. n. Aspect. He anga ora tenei,
e kore e roa ka tupu te kai.
4. Hard outer covering, shell, husk.
Te anga karaka, te anga koura, koi
kitea ki te marae (P.).
5. Skeleton. Ka angoa nga kiko,
ko te anga anake tenei e tu nei.
6. Stone of fruit.
7. Portions of harakeke, &c.,
thrown aside in dressing.
8. Vessel. = oko.
anganga, n. Aspect. He anganga ra
(A sunny aspect).
whakaanga. 1. v.t. Cause to face in
a certain direction.
2. n. Canoe with figurehead facing
angaanga, n. 1. Head. Ka taha te
patu i tona angaanga (T. 91). Te
papa 0 te angaanga, the skull. Kiri
angaanga, scalp. Horea, e Waha, to
kiri angaanga (M. 347). Kai anga-
anga, curse. = kai upoko. Hei kai
angaanga mo Te Keteiwi (M. 348).
2. fig. Elder, chief. He nui muri-
nga hei ki mai i tona angaanga
(P. 22). Ka kite koe i ta te anga-
anga riri (P. 37).
whakaangaanga. 1. v.i. Debate with
oneself. Te wahi i whakaangaanga
ra tatou hei reira tatou.
2. v.t. Calm. Ka puta ake taua
maia ki runga, whakaangaanga ai i
te rangi, whakamarie ai (T. 72).
Angai, n. North-north-west wind, on
the west coast.
Angamate, angangamate, n. 1. Back,
reverse side. Piri ana i tua o te
angangamate o te kapu o te ringa
(T. 145). No wai tenei ara, te anga-
mate o te kainga ?
2. Back of a house. = tuarongo.
Anganui, v.i. Face directly towards,
be right opposite. Kia anganui mai
to korero (Speak directly to me).
II anga.
Angarite, n. Mesodesma australe; a
bivalve mollusc. = kokota.
Angengi, n. A fish.
Angi, n. 1. Light air.
2. Fragrant smell.
whakaāngi, v.t. 1. Fly, as a kite.
Ko tana mahi he whakaangi manu
(T. 57).
2. Approach stealthily, stalk. Wha-
kaangia tonutia mai i muri, na kua
Angi. 1. a. Free, without hindrance.
Ka karakia a Rata i tona waka kia
angi ai tona haere.
2. v.i. Move freely, float. Ko
Tahurangi anake te angi i waho.—
Tenei rawa to rongo te angi mai
nei (M. 293).
whakaangi. 1. v.i. Float, move easily.
Rere te ika, whakaangi te ika.
2. Fall through the air, so hurl
oneself. Katahi ia ka whakaangi
i taua toka nei ki te whakamoti i a
ia (P. 133, 11).
3. a. Denoting step relationship ;
so papa whakaangi, stepfather; but
tamaiti whakaangi is used also for
nephew or niece.
angiangi. 1. a. Thin. Hirautia ra o
kahu angiangi (M. 197).
2. Unencumbered. E whakaaro
ana kia iti te kai, kia angiangi ai te
poho o te tangata mo te turanga i
te aroarokapa o te haka (T. 166).
3. n. Coprosma Baueri ; a shrub.
Raupitia ra ki te rau angiangi (M.
4. Usnea barbata; a soft white
lichen, used as a wrapper or ab-
Angina.------E haere koutou ki uta,
kei mau ki Tai-ki-tu, ka puhia, he
angina (T. 82). Ka angina tatou
i nga kai nei.
Angitu, n. Luck, success. Homai he
tina ; homai he marie ; homai he
angitu ki tenei ko (K.).
Ango, v.i. 1. Gape, be open, of things
not fitting together. E ta, kei te
ango ano, kaore ano kia piri.
2. Be consumed. E, kua pau te
taha nei, ne ? Ae : kua ango te-
tahi taha. || Tah. mn, solitary, deso-
late, devastated.
angotanga, n. Opening, gap. Ka ki-
tea te marama tua-iti nei e tore ana,
i kitea ki te angotanga o te keke o
Rangi (W. i, 145).
whakaango, a. ? Unimpeded, in the
open. Ko te manu ka rere whaka-
angô, ka rere ki runga, na ka tirihou
ki raro, kaore e pokipoki nga pai-

Angoa, a. Lean, wasted away. Ka
angoa nga kiko, ko te anga anake
tenei e tu nei. || ango.
Ao (i). 1. n. Daytime, as opposed to
night. Ka wehea te po, ka wehea
te ao (T. 93).
2. World. Tena koe, e te wahine
rangatira e iri iho nei, tutuki ana
tou mana ki nga pito o te ao.
3. Cloud. E rere, e te ao, ko koe
hei karere (M. 384). Ao rewa, scud.
4. Bud. I hea koe i te ao o te
kowhai ? (P.). || Tah. ao.
5. v.i. Dawn. Ao kau ano te
ata (T. 66). I te aonga ake, or
simply ao ake, on the following day.
Moerawa atu i Te Kaharoa-a-Tauhu,
ao ake kei Maketu (T. 100).
6. a. Bright. He whetu ao tenei
ka tata mai (M. 283).
Ao (ii), v.t. 1. Scoop up with both
hands. Aohia nga paru ki te kete.
2. Take in quantities. Me te kai
aowhia te roimata i a au (M. 352).
Ao taro, collect and carry gravel for
taro cultivation. Kei te ao taro a
Hori ma.
Ao (iii), v.i. Be right, be fitting. E
ao koa hoki ianei te mea i rite ki te
ika, ta te mea no te wai ano tenei
(T. 155). Tona rakau toa, he kuru-
tai, me ao atu tera ki te reinga.
Ao (iv). 1. n. Bark of a dog.
2. v.i. Bark. No te moimoitanga
ka ao mai a Irawaru (W. ii, 79).
whakaao, v.i. Bark, as a dog. Katahi
ka whakaao mai, ao, ao, ao, a-aoo
(T. 27).
Aoake = ao ake, l.n. Day following,
day before. Kotahi ra i patua ai
e ia e rua pa ; aoake, e toru pa ;
aoake, e rua pa (G.-8, 30). Some-
times translated day before yesterday,
or day after to-morrow, according to
context. Aoake nui, two days off.
Aoake nui atu, three days off. || ao (i).
aoakewake, n. Several days off.
Note.—Aoake and its compounds
may have i or no prefixed (with n
euphonic), indicating past time.
|| inaoake, nonaoake, &c.
Aoatea = awatea, n. Daybreak.
Aohamo, n. A V-shaped piece of
wood joining the sides and forming
the bow of a canoe.
Aohanga, n. 1. A striped variety of
New Zealand flax.
2. Derivative from ao (ii).
Aoinaake, aoināke = auināke, n. Next
day, to-morrow. Ka hukia nga toto,
ka noho, aoinaake ka haere te taua
tumata (W. ii, 49). Ka aoinaake
ka haere ki te moana (W. i, 105).
Aokatoa, n. A superior kind of floor-
Aokoro = okoro, akoro, n. The moon
on the fifth day.
Ao-marama, n. 1. World of life
and light, as opposed to reinga, or
merely to seclusion. Ka whiua atu
ki te wai, e hoki mai hoki hei ta-
ngata ora ki te ao-marama (T. 12).
Frequently used in poetry. Ka ka-
wea te mariunga ki a Apakura hei
whakaao-marama (Allow her to'come
out of the whare-taua, or house of
mourning). || ao (i).
2. A method of adzing timber.
Aonga, n. || ao (i).
Aorangi, n. 1. A variety of kumara.
2. Striped variety of Phormium.
Aorere, n. 1. A kind of garment.
2. Scud. || ao (i).
Aotea, n. 1. A species of thistle. Kia
awhitia koe ki te patiti ki te taru
aotea e tu ki te ngahere (Wa. 1, 51).
Note. — The expression taru aotea
occurs in M. 291, apparently with
another meaning.
2. Bird. = manu.
3. Food.
Aoturoa = aomarama, n. Light of day,
this world. Ki te hokinga ake o
to wairua ki te aoturoa (M. 244).
Ilao (i).
Aouru, n. Dawn. || ao (i).
Apā = apāha, conj. If. Apa he mea
hopu nau, engari he mea tomo a
whare.—Ehara te toa patu tangata,
he toa pahekeheke ; apa he toa
ahu whenua, he toa pumau (P.).
|| apaia, apano, apanoa.
Apa (i). 1. n. Slave. Ka whaka-
orangia etahi hei apa, hei mahi.
2. Company of workmen or slaves.
He apa matou no Hongi. = apā-
3. v.t. Seek. I apaia e au ki roto
o Ngaruroro.—Ko etahi e apa kai,
apa wahie.
apaapa, n. Heap. Apaapa wahie.
whakaapaapa, v.t. Stack.
Apa (ii), n. Spirit of one dead visiting
or inspiring a medium. No te apa
a Paraharaha a Hare. (It does not
appear to apply to the medium.)
= apahau. || J. vii, 125 ; ix, 199.

apaapa, n. (? Connected with above.)
Whakamau te titiro ki te apaapa
tapu (M. 347). Kahore taku apaapa
i konei hei whakauru i a au, hei
whakatika i a au.
Apa (iii), n. Fold, layer. Aparua,
twofold, double, of a garment. Apa-
tahi, single.
Apaapafu, n. Heap. Ka rewa ki
runga i te apaapatu kei o tuakana
(M. 124). = apaapa.
Apāha = āpā.
Apahau, n. Spirit of the dead. I te
wa ka mate to papa, ka noho tona
wairua ki runga ki a koe, ka noho
apahau. = apa (ii).
Apai, n. Front wall of a house. Ka-
tahi te whitu tekau tangata ka
turaki i te apai o te waha o te puta
auahi, hinga katoa: mate ana
etahi tangata o te taua ra i te apai
o te whare.—Nana koe i maka ki te
apai o te whare (M. 66). = kopai.
Apāia = apa ia, ad. Certainly; an
emphatic form of assent. “ Ati e
mea ana koe ko Ponga hei ariki
mou ? ” Ka mea atu a Puhihuia,
“ Apaia ” (W. iv, 133).
Apakura, n. Dirge, lament. Ko ta
matou apakura tenei ki a koe
(M.M. 66).
Apāno=āpā ano, conj. If. Mau rawa
e takahi taku whare ? . . . apano
ma Kahutiaterangi.
Apānoa = āpā noa, ad. Until. Apa-
noa, a kia motu ano toku kaki i
runga i toku pihi.—Ka karanga atu
a Uenuku, “ Haere, apanoa a kia
mau te tautiti i runga i te tatua o
Rongouaroa, ka tae atu au.”—E
kore e tukua e ia te tira manuhiri
kia haere ana apanoa kia takoto he
hakari mana ki ia tangata ki ia
tangata o ratou (W.M. x, 95).
Aparangi (i), n. Company of persons.
Tuku tonu ake ma te aparangi, kia
ora te noho mai, te matakitaki mai
(T. 148). Especially of distinguished
persons. || apa (i), tira kahurangi.
Aparangi (ii) = whiro. || apa (ii).
Aparua, n. One of the rows of pali-
sades of a fort. = pekerangi.
Aparua, apatahi. || apa (iii).
Apataki, n. Retinue, following. Engari
a Nene, he apataki tona. I| apa (i).
Apatari, v.t. Carry, bring. Nau hoki
i apatari mai te taonga ki tenei
Apiapi, a. 1. Crowded, dense. Apiapi
tonu te noho o te tangata.—He
apiapi no te huru, ara he uru-
rua, kihai i taea te waka ra te tô
(W. i, 69).
2. Confined, constricted. He api-
api te ara.
whakaapi. 1. a. Thick, dense.
2. v.t. Obstruct.
Apiti. 1. v.t. Put together, place side
by side, add. E kore rawa e tika
kia apititia te aruhe ki te taha o
te kumara. — Apitia nga kete kia
kotahi te kauika.
2. Supplement anything deficient.
He apiti nga riwai mo te poaka.
3. Attack, fight at close quarters.
Apitiria tonutanga atu ko te pa ka
horo (T. 91). Ka te apiti ano, ka
whati mai ano (T. 101). Ka kokiri-
tia e te tangata whenua, ka apititia
e te taua ra (W. iii, 10). || apititu.
4. Lay a spell on. He tupato no nga
tohunga kei apitia ki te kai (T. 89).
5. a. Confined. He whare apiti,
a steep-roofed house.
6. n. Small bone of the arm, radius.
7. Cleft, narrow pass, gorge.
8. Friend.
9. Curse.
Apititu, v.t. Fight at close quarters,
charge. Kia apititutia, kia whano
te hingahinga ngatupapaku (M. 366).
Ka whakahokia mai ko te apititu,
ka mate i reira he tini ki te tahua.
Apo (i), v.t. 1. Gather together. Apo-
hia nga otaota nei.
2. Grasp, extort, acquire wrongfully.
Mo te tangata whiwhi taonga, otira
ehara i te mea utu ona taonga, he
mea apo (P. 105).
3. Heap up. Ko Tiki i ahua, ko
Tiki i apoa.
apoapo, v.t. 1. Roll together, entangle.
He mea apoapo ahau e te rimu,
takai atu, takai mai (T. 11).
2. Put into a heap. Kua tae atu
a Tiki ki te ahua oneone i apoapohia
ra e ia hei tangata.
3. Collect. Kei te apoapo nga
tohunga i nga toto o te tupapaku
(M. lxxxiii).
Apo (ii), n. Dregs of shark-oil.
Apōpō, n. 1. To-morrow. Mo apopo
taua riri ai (T. 92).
2. At some future time. E kore
e ora atu, apopo atu ka tahuri mai
ki te ngaki mate mo tona whakai-
ringa ki runga ki te whare (M. lvi).

Aporei, a. Principal.
Apu (i), v.i. Bark, as a dog. No te
tatanga atu ki te kainga, ka apu te
Apu (ii), n. 1. Squall, gust. Te hau
nana i patu, ko te Apu-tahi-a-Pawa
(T. 93). Katahi ka tonoa ko te
Apu hau, ko te Apu matangi (T. 4).
2. Billow. Na te apu tai koe i
tukituki ki roto o Hauraki (W.M.
x, 267).
3. Name of a karakia for causing
Apu. 1. v.i. Force one’s way into the
ground, burrow. He patiki apu one
(M. 277). Ko te waka, e apu ana,
e keri ana.
2. v.t. Cram into the mouth, gorge,
glut. Kia kai apu te ika i te moana
(M. 22). I apua te kai i hohoro ai
te pau.—He parera apu paru (P.).
Kia kai apu te ika i Rangiriri
(M. 33)-
3. Gather into the hands, clutch.
E apu tonu ana oku ringa ki te
4. Heap upon. Apuria mai nga
wahie, kua ka (Pi. 135, 4). = apo.
5. Cover, spread over. Noho noa
nei ki te one, e apua ana ia e te
apuapu, a. 1. Crammed, stuffed. Ka
apuapu te waha i te kai.
2. Palatable. Apuapu marire te
reka o te wai nei. Kiore kai apuapu,
a rat which gnaws the trap to free
Apu (ii). 1. v.i. Move or be in a flock
or crowd. E apu mai nga tangata
i waho nei.
2. n. Company of labourers. E
mahi ra te apu. || apa (i), 2.
Apure. 1. n. Patch, circumscribed area.
2. a. In patches, in small areas.
|| opure.
Apuru, v.t. 1. Crowd one upon an-
other. Kia takitahi, kaua e apurua
2. Shut up, suppress. Kei kiia,
i apurutia ki roto ki tona waha ana
3. Overwhelm. Kei apurua koe ki
te toto (M. 61).
Aputa. 1. n. Interval, gap, open space.
He hokioi i runga, hu, kei te aputa
koe na o te rangi e noho ana (M. 32).
2. Layer of thatch on a roof.
3. a. A t intervals, found only here
and there. Ehara i te he aputa te
he nei, engari he katoa.—Kei te
parae e aputaputa ana te tapoto.
4. Causing a gap. Ka whaowhia
te kumara ki roto ; ki tonu, kore
rawa he wahi i aputa noa, ara i
takoto kau noa iho.
Ara (i), ad. Namely, in other words,
that is to say. He nuinga no te kai
rangatira i a ia, ara no te huahua,
ara no te kiwi (T. 144).
Ara (ii) = a ra, conj. And then. Ara
hoki ko ana matamua kei te korero-
rero ki a ratou ano (T. 11). Heke
ana he awaawa, ara he pari hoki
(T. 23).
Ara (iii) = era, plural of tera. (Ngi.)
Ara (iv), n. Flooding before birth.
Ko te mea tuatahi he whakamamae,
tuarua ko te ara ka puta mai, tua-
toru ka whakawhanau.
Arā, ad. Yonder. Ara, taku kupenga
e iri mai ra (T. 79). || ana, anei.
Ara (i), n. 1. Way, path. I ma hea
mai koia to koutou na ara i haere
mai ai ? (T. 149).
2. Means of conveyance. Katahi
ia ka haere ki te tiki ara mona i tona
hungawai, homai ana ko Aotea hei
waka mona (T. 108).
3. Layer of toetoe thatch on a
Ara (ii). 1. v.i. Rise. Awhea ara ai
te marama ? (T. 54).
2. Rise up. Mate atu he tete
kura, ara ake he tete kura (P.).
3. Awake. Kihai i roa kua ara a
Tipa, kua korero (T. 200).
4. Have the eyes open, be awake.
Kei te hua taua taua kei te ara
raua, kahore kei te moe (W. i, 109).
5. v.t. Raise. Ka ao ake i te ata,
ka haere ki taua rakau, rokohina
rawatia atu kua arahia ki runga
(Tr. vii, 46).
whakaara. 1. v.t. Raise. Whaka-
arahia ona kanohi (M. 319). Tama
whakaara, fore stay of a canoe.
2. Erect. Ka tikina mai a Tane,
ka whakaarahia ki runga, ka tu
(T. 55)-
3. Rouse, wake. Tikina a Tutane-
kai, whakaarahia mai (T. 134).
4. n. Hostile party, marauding
band, enemy. Ko te oranga i te pa
horo, i te parekura, i te whakaara,
i te waka tahuri (M. lxxxi).

araara. 1. a. Renowned, much talked
of. Ingoa araara tonu; a, na te
mea ka pono ano. || aranga (i).
2. n. Rising of a body of men
for the war-dance, generally in ex-
pression araara matua or araara
whana. Tenei hoki au kei runga i
te pae araara whana.
whakaaraara. 1. n. Chaunt, to keep
the watch awake, or give the alarm
in time of war. (| M. 40, 61, 62.
Called also whakaaraara pa (M.M.
2. v.t. Recite, explain genealogies
or other formal matter. Ara atu
ano pea etahi i mahue i a au, ma
tetahi atu e whakaaraara atu.—He
nui nga mea kei waho i enei katoa
i whakaaraaratia atu nei e au.
Ara (iii), int. expressing surprise, &c.
Ka heua ake, ara ! he tangata !
(T. n). Ara koa, he pouri te po
(W. iv, 119).
Ara (iv), n. A small fresh-water fish,
said to be young upokororo. = nehe.
Ara (v), n. A talisman of stone or
wood carried on the canoe. || J. iii,
67 (note). “ Me huri to tatou waka,
me whaiapiri atu ki te motu ra,
kia hoatu to tatou ara kia pa atu
ki te oneone o tenei tuawhenua.”
Ko taua mea he kowhatu (J. ii, 222).
Araara, n. Caranx georgianus, trevally ;
a fish.
Araarai. || arai.
Arahanga (i), v.n. from arahi. Act of
leading, &c. I moe iho i te ara i te
arahanga i a Paoa (T. 198).
Arahanga (ii), n. Bridge, ladder. = ara-
Arahi, v.t.; pass, arahina. 1. Lead,
conduct. Ka arahina ia e Tinirau
ki tona kainga (T. 31).
2. Escort. Haere ake ano hoki te
iwi hei arahi i ta ratou ariki i te
ara (W. v, 53).
3. Carry off as captives. Ko
etahi i whakaorangia hei hunga;
kaore hoki i arahina ; i waiho ano
i to ratou nei kainga.
II ara (i).
Arai. 1. v.t. Screen. Aha hoki koa te
wa moana nui, nana i arai (M. 431).
2. Keep off, ward off.
3. Block up. Araia te kuwaha kei
puta te kuri ki waho.
4. Obstruct, hinder. Ka araia e te
ua, e te hau (W. ii, 4).
5. n. Screen, veil, curtain, blind.
araarai, frequentative. Screen on every
Arakauniho, n. Bottom edge of the
top rail, or rauawa, of a canoe, in
which the holes are bored for the
Arakiore, n. A method of wearing the
Aranga (i), v.i. 1. Rise to the surface,
appear. Ka aranga te taniwha.
2. Become famous. Ka aranga i
kona te rakau a Manaia (T. 123).
3. Become known. Ka taona te
mango, aranga tonu iho te ingoa o
tena wahi, ko Kai-mango.
whakaaranga, v.i. Appear in a vision,
or in second sight. Ka hara te
tangata, ka whakaaranga mai te
|| ranga, ara (ii).
Aranga (ii), v.n. || ara (ii).
Arangi, a. Unsettled, perturbed. Kei
arangi tonu te tinana, arangi hoki
nga whakaaro.
arangirangi, a. Listless, idle.
|| harangi, haurangi, hurangi, ka-
rangi, porangi, turangi, wairangi,
Arapaki. 1. n. Ornamental lattice-
work on interior of walls of a whare
of better class. = tukutuku.
2. A garment. = rapaki.
3. v.t. Crack lice with the nails.
= hapaki.
Araparu, n. Bundles of raupo on sides
of a whare. =tuparuparu. || ara (i), 3.
Arapata, n. A pattern of carving.
The small notches between the hae-
hae lines, as in tuki taha. || pata-
Arara, int. calling attention. There!
Arara 1 kei au a Raumati (T. 102).
Araro, n. A variety of potato. = wai-
Arataki, v.t. 1. Lead, conduct. Ka
aratakina ano e taua miromiro
(T. 96).
2. Point out. Mana e arataki te
kauri i te wao (M.M. 173).
3. Seek. Haere ki te arataki i to
tuahine (J. ii, 44).
Arau = harau. 1. v.t. Gather, lay
hold of, entangle. Na te peka o
te tutu i arau, i makere ai toku
2. a. Entangled. Ka hutia ake
e Irawaru tana aho, akuanei ka
arau ki ta Maui (T. 25).

Arawhata, n. Ladder, bridge. Koia
ano ko Kawharu te arawhata hei
pikinga mo tana taua ki te pa
(G.-8, 30, where it is applied
figuratively to the chief).
Arawa, n. A species of shark.
Arawheu, n. A term for summer
season, when trails are overgrown.
|| heuheu.
Arawhiti, v.i. 1. Spring, start, as in
prompt response to a command.
Ka riro te arawhiti i a Hou ki
tawhiti (S. ii, 20).
2. Twitch. Tenei ra to wairua te
whakahiapo nei, na te kamo i ara-
Are (i), int. What! Are! ka tohe koe
ki a au ?
Are (ii), a. Open. || puare.
arenga, n. Point of a weapon,
whakaare, n. Arch of clouds.
areare, a. 1. Open, clear of obstruc-
tion. Karokaro i te taturi o to ta-
ringa, kia areare ai (S. 10).
2. Overhanging, arched, rounded.
Areare ana tera te ihu o te tangata
nei !
3. Excavated, cavernous. Ka are-
are te parenga o te tai.—Areare kau
ana te rua o te taniwha (W. v,
4. Concave. Kia areare te kani-
wha o te matau.
5. Projecting, sharp. E areare
ana te mata o te tao. || aneane.
arearenga, n. Concavity, hollow. Ka-
tahi ano ka kitea te tini tangata e
huna nei ki roto i te arearenga o
nga poho o Rangi raua ko Papa
, (T. 4)-
Arei = arai, v.t. Prevent, obstruct,
ward off. Kapa ko aku pikitanga,
ko aku heketanga, ko te arei o
Matuku-tango tango.
Arero, n. 1. Tongue. Kanaomiaatu
te tangata ra, ka tapahia te arero,
ka motu (T. 42).
2. Upper point of a taiaha, carved
in imitation of a human tongue.
whakaarero, n. A projection from the
top of the wall of a fort to enable
defenders to drop missies upon their
Arero-kuri, n. 1. A small fresh-water
fish. || karati-
2. A variety of tobacco-plant.
Arero-parera, n. An inferior variety
of fern-root.
Arero-uru, n. A species of gourd.
Arero-whero, n. A term applied to
the fighting-men of a tribe. Ko te
umu potaka mo te arero-whero tena,
me te ati-a-toa.
Arewa, a. 1. Unsettled, wandering,
restless. E mangi ana te ngakau,
e arewa noa iho ana te mahara.—
E arewa noa iho ana, kaore e tu-
turu te noho.
2. Raised up. He hikitanga, he
hapainga, he amonga, he arewa.
|| rewa, taurewa, &c.
Ari (i), n. The moon on the eleventh
Ari (ii). 1. a. Clear, visible.
2. White.
3. n. Appearance, guise, excuse.
Hei ari kau tana kupu.
4. Fence. Ka tukua a Hoka i te
rangi ki te wahine, ki a Hinehoro-
matai, hei tukituki i nga ari (W. ii,
whakaari. 1. v.t. Show, expose to view.
Ka whakaaria atu e ia he matau mo-
more (W. ii, 105).
2. n. North-west wind.
ariari, a. 1. Gleaming. E ariari ana
te taha o te rangi.
2. Clear. I mau ariari ano i roto
i oku taringa tetahi wahi o ta ratou
3. Undisturbed. He moe ariari.
4. Bare, as a trunk without
branches. Takoto noa ana te rakau
ariari.—-He takere ariari ka ngaro
te iwi (S. ii, 77).
ariaringa, n. Trunk of a tree.
|| aria, piari, toari.
Ari (iii), n. A small species of shark.
Aria, n. 1. Deep water between two
shoals. Haere ana koe, nga pipi o
te aria (P. 9).
2. Open space among rocks.
3. Pool on shore filled only at
high water.
4. Bay, or deep pool in a river.
5. Stretch of water suitable for
working a net. No te mea i a Tuahu-
mahina tetahi wahi o te aria haonga
ika, ara ko Te Kahikatea i a Tuahu-
mahina, a ko te nuinga o te aria i a
Kawharu, ko Takapuahia, a he mea
kia riro katoa ai taua aria nei i a
Tuahu-mahina (W. iv, 94).
Ariā. 1. v.i. Appear, be seen indis-
tinctly. I aria ake i oku kanohi ko
Hema e haere ana.—I kite tinana
ahau i a ia, ehara i te mea i kite aria.
2. n. Likeness, resemblance.

3. Notion, idea, feeling. Heoi te
mihi nei mo te aria aroha nei ki a
4. Effect. Ka rere te aria o te
mate ki nga waewae.
5. Imaginary presence connected
with anything which one may have
touched, &c., and which therefore
might serve as a medium to convey
the effect of a charm to the person
for whom it was intended. Ko
tenei karakia mo te tangohanga o
te aria o te tangata e hiahiatia ana
kia whakamatea (J. ii, 103).
6. The visible material emblem
or representative of an atua, or of
a person of importance. He atua
a Moekahu, he kuri tona aria.
7. A wand of karamu used as a
medium to relieve the members of
a taua, or war-party, from the dis-
abilities under the laws of tapu, &c.
II J. x, 17-19.
ariariā. 1. v.i. Resemble. Ka ariaria
tenei tangata ki a Witiwiti.
2. n. ? = aria, 2 or 3. Ka tae te
ariaria ki a Hine-nui-te-po.
Arihi, v.t. Chop, cut. Arihitia tena
wahi, ahiwahiwatia ra.
Arika, n. Visible form appropriated
to an atua. Ko Makawe, he atua
patu tangata, ko te matakokiri tona
arikatanga. = aria.
Arikarika, a. Restrained, stinted; used
as in example to express admiration.
Kihai i roa ka puta te kai. Ana,
kihai i arikarika (Pi. 126, 3). || rika-
Arikaka, n. A variety of kumara.
Ariki, n. 1. Firstborn male or fe-
male in a family of note; hence,
chief, priest. Ka haere te amo a
Hotukura ki te ariki, ki a Uenuku
(T. 107).
2. Leader. Ki te mau te ariki ka
mau katoa te rere kakara (P.).
whakaariki. 1. n. Invading army.
Especially as a cry of alarm when
an enemy is discovered. Ka kite i
te waka e tau ana, ka pa te karanga,
Ko te whakaariki ; ko te whaka-
ariki ” (T. 60).
2. v.i. Submit to orders. E pai
ana kia mahia nga rakau, engari
kaua e whakaariki (It is well that
the carvings should be done, but do
not make them to order}.
Ariki-mata-nui, n. The moon on the
tenth day.
Arikirangi, n. The name of a star
which marks the sixth month.
Arikiwi, n. Possibly a garment
covered with feathers of the kiwi
(Apteryx}. Me o ratou papa arikiwi
ano (M. xxxv). || ari (ii).
Ariaringa, a. Vexed. Ariaringa noa
iho ahau ki a Taka e patua mai nei.
Arita, aritarita, a. 1. Burning with
desire, eager. I titiro atu au, e
arita tonu ana ki te haere.
2. Irascible, easily offended. Ka-
tahi ano te tangata aritarita ko koe.
Aritahi, a. 1. Single fold. He mou-
nga tangata tana kiri aritahi (M. 347).
= apatahi.
2. Straight - grained, of timber.
Ko taua here he mea wawahi i tetehi
rakau tawa aritahi.
Aro. 1. n. Front. Kei taku tua, kei
taku aro (M. 294).
2. Desire, inclination. Kihai i tae
te aro o nga iwi e karapoti ra i te
pa nei, kia tauria e ratou te pa nei
(W. v, 40).
3. Mind, seat of feelings. E kore
te aroha koe puakina atu e au ki
waho ra, me ruru tonu iho ki roto
i taku aro mokai (M. 333).
4. Bowels. Nana taku aro i tuaki
a pawa (M. 228).
5. Fat covering the kidneys.
6. v.i. Face, turn towards, have
a certain direction. I aro mai i
waho ra te waha o te tangata e
karanga nei.
7. Be inclined, be disposed. Ko
wai i tohu ai, e aro ki te patu i a
au ?
8. v.t. Desire. E hara te mako i
te ika e arongia ana.
9. Attend to, favour. Korero noa
atu, e kore ia e aro mai ki a au.
.aronga, n. Direction. Ko te waka
hoki whai toriu atu i muri o te
aronga kaunga atu o te kuri ra
(T. 121).
whakaaro. 1. n. Thought, intention,
opinion. Ka tupu te whakaaro i a
Tawhiri-matea kia tahuri mai ia ki
te whawhai ki ona tuakana (T. 4).
Kihai a Waikato i whai whakaaro
ki te whai i tana hoariri (W. v, 40).
2. Understanding. Kahore a te
rakau whakaaro, kei te tohunga te
whakaaro (P.).
3. Plan. Nawai a, ka kitea te
whakaaro e Waikato (T. 166).

4. v.t. Think, consider, plan. I
whakaaro te tangata nei, kaore ano
ia i kitea e nga wahine nei (T. 138).
Heoti ano ka whakaaro Waikato, me
aha ra e mate ai te iwi ra (T. 166).
aroaro, n. Face, front. Tahuri mai
tou aroaro. I te aroaro 0, before,
in the presence of. Ka maonga, ka
mauria mai ki te aroaro o Rupe
(T. 33). Haere i mua i te aroaro o
Atutahi (P. 10). Aroaro-rua, vacil-
lating. Kaua e aroaro-rua, kei ngaua
koe e Tumatarehurehu (P.).
whakaaroaro, v.i. Ponder over, con-
sider. Ka whakaaroaro te ngakau
o nga uri o Hou kia whawhaitia
ranei, kia waiho noa iho ranei te
weranga o to ratou waka (T. 82).
Katahi ka whakaaroaro, he taniwha
hoki pea kei te ara ki Tikitapu
(T. 156).
aaro, āro. 1. v.t. Know, understand.
E kore au e aro ki te kainga i
whanau ai a Pukeko.—Kua aro te
iwi ra kua tata kai uta.
2. a. Known. E aro ana tena i
a au.
Aroā (i), arowā, v.i. Be comprehended,
be understood. Kua whakakomau te
manawa hotu ki te wa-kainga i te
kore e arowa te ara moana e hoki ai.
—Te aroa ake i a au (I do not under-
stand it).
Aroā (ii). --
aroaroā, a. 1. Lonely. Te aroaroa i
a an i te kore tangata.
2. Sorrowful, longing for absent
Aroākapa (i), n. Row, rank, front rank.
E kore ia e pai kia rere kau ki mua o
te aroakapa o te haka (T. 167).
Aroakapa (ii), n. Ill omen in weaving.
Ka tae mai te ope, ka rokohanga
mai ta taua wahine e whatu ana i.
te kakahu, kaore e whakahingaia
te turuturu, he aroakapa tena, he
aitua mo taua wahine.—Mehemea
ka tahuri ahau ki te whatu kakahu
i te po, he tatai mate, he aroakapa.
|| J. vii, 129.
Aroarotea, n. Phalacrocorax varius,
white-breasted shag.
Arohaki, arowhaki, v.i. Quiver, flap.
aroarowhaki. 1. v.i. Flap the wings.
E aroarowhaki ana te parera.
2. Move the hands with a quivering
motion, often with the arms extended,
as in a haka; a sign of grief, &c.
3. a. Quivering. Ka mahi te
ringaringa aroarowhaki (P. 39).
Aroaromahana. || aromahana.
Aroha. 1. n. Love, yearning for an
absent relative or friend. A, ka
ngaro atu ja ka no ho a Tawhaki, ka
ngau kino te aroha i a ia ki tana
wahine raua ko tana kotiro (T. 48).
2. Pity, compassion. Ka oho ake
te aroha o Ngatoro ki te waha o
te tangata o te wahine, o te tamariki,
e aue ana, e tangi ana (T. 72).
3. Affectionate regard. He aroha
hoki ki nga karakia o mua a nga
matua (T. 89).
4. v.i. Feel love or pity. Ka
aroha au, ka mate te kotiro i te
waikore (T. 183). Pass, arohaina,
be the object of love, &c.
5. v.t. Show approval. Katahi
ano a Manaia ka mohio nana ano
taua tamaiti, na ka arohatia ia e
Manaia (T. 119).
Arohata, n. Ladder, bridge. — ara-
Arohea, v.i. Close the eyes tightly, as
from pain. Ko te hauhauaitu, hina-
po, korapa, arohea, pawera whaki o
te kai (M. lxxx).
Arohi, v.t. 1. Reconnoitre, examine.
Kei te arohi i te pa kia kitea te
wahi ngawari hei whakaekenga atu.
2. Look for. I hea koe e arohi kai
ana mau ?
arohirohi. 1. v.i. Turn round and
round, feel giddiness.
2. Hover, quiver. Arohirohi noa
to wairua i runga i aku kamo, e
(M. 394). E, ko te arohirohitanga
mai o te wairua o te makau (M. 81)
(misprinted arohirohirotanga).
3. n. Shimmering heat.
Aroi, a. Calm. Kua aroi te hau
{The wind has dropped). || taroi.
Aromahana. ------
whakaaromahana, v.t. Come to assist-
ance of. E haere mai ana ki te
whakaaromahana i a tatou.
aroaromahana, n. 1. Spring season.
Ka haere te ra, ka tae ki uta, kua
aroaromahana. Ko taua marama
ko Otoru.
2. Warmth.
Aromaunga, n. Mountain-face. Kua
mohio ke mai ia ko te pa i runga i
te aromaunga to Te Aotaki (J. xx,
Aromea, a. Taken captive, carried

Aronui. 1. a. Right opposite, straight
forward. Kaua, e tama, e haere
numinumi, aronui te haere ki roto
(M. 323). ||aro.
2. n. Inclination, desire. Ka-
hore aku aronui ki te mahi (M. 188).
3. A finely woven cloak with
a deep ornamental border on one
side only.
4. A large stone axe. = arotahi.
Aronga. || aro.
Aropā, v.t. Accost in a friendly way.
He whetiko pea ahau ki a ia, ka-
hore i aropa, i aha.
Aropari, n. ' Cliff. E whakaingoingo
mai ra i te tu aropari ki Arataha
(M. 40).
Aropawa, n. A kind of stone found in
the rivers of the South Island, used
for making tools.
Aropewa, a. ------ Ka rarapa ki te
rangi, makau aropewa te hono
Whakatau ki roto te wharetono (S.).
Aropiri, v.i. Cling, be attached. Kai
whea te tau i aropiri ra ? (S. 43).
Aropuke, a. Swelling up. Mo tai
pupuri, mo tai wawana, mo tai
Arorangi. 1. a. Straight, direct. Te
rere o te whenua, rere arorangi ana
(S. ii, 8).
2. n. Part of the snare of a waka
kereru, the cross-supports on which
the paepae rest. Tukua te taupiri,
takaia te arorangi.
3. Line of sticks to guide kumara
whakaarorangi, v.i. 1. Flee. Ka
whakaarorangi tenei ki Tikirau, ki a
Te Putahou (M. 87).
2. Turn towards, be intent upon.
Kua whakaarorangi noa ake te nga-
kau ki a Te Ponga (T. 167).
Arotahi. 1. v.i. Look in one direction,
look steadily. Kia arotahi mai te
titiro i te turuatanga o te po, i te
huakanga ata (S. ii, 42).
2. n. Large stone axe. = aronui.
Arotau, a. 1. Inclined towards, favour-
able. Ko to pai waewae te tuku
mai ki a au, kia huaina atu, e
arotau ana mai (M. 178).
2. Suitable. Pau katoa nga wahi
katoa te hahau haere, kore rawa i
arotau tetahi mea.
Arowa. || aroā (i).
Aru, v.t. Follow, pursue. Pass, aru-
mia. Arumia te tahae.—Kei reira
tonu atu aku kanohi te aru iho nei
ki a Ruta (M. 268). Sometimes used
intransitively : E aru ana au i muri
i o raua waewae ko Paratene.
aruaru. 1. v.t. Chase. Ka puta iho
te tupua ra ki te aruaru i nga ta-
ngata ke hei oranga mona (T. 156).
2. Woo. Kei te aruaru wahine
3. Interrupt. Kia ata aruaru i te
4. n. Small hand-net for fishing.
Aruhe, n. Edible fern-root, being the
root of Pteris aquilina var. esculenta.
Kei te pao i te aruhe (T. 157). Ko
te pito kumara, me te pirau taro kua
kitea e au, ka whai ahau ko te pito
aruhe (J. ii, 45). Wai-aruhe, a term
applied to one whose death has not
been avenged. Ai ! e kore e mahue
he wai-aruhe.
Ata (i), n. 1. Form, shape, sem-
blance, as opposed to substance.
Ko te ata, ko te ahua hoki o nga
taonga i riro i a ratou, ko te hei,
ko nga whakakai i mahue tonu iho
(T. 181). Ko te ata kau, e kawe
huna iho (He only went through the
form of eating and hid them) (T. 95).
2. Shadow, apparently of human
beings only. Ka whiti tê ra e kore a
Kiki e haere i te wahi noa, kei haere
tona ata ki muri, kei tapu (T. 172).
3. Reflected image. Ka kite ia i
te ata tangata i roto i te wai.
4. Early morning, as opposed to
evening. Ka hi te ata, ka karanga
atu ia, “ Ka hemo au i te kai ”
(T. 23). Ata po, before dawn; ata
puao, ata iti, early dawn; ata
hapara, or ata pongipongi, the time
of dawn ; ata tu, just after sunrise.
E hika e, kei whea ra koe ’e ngaro
nei i te ata hapara (M. 253). E titiro
mai ana te marama, ano he ata tu.
Ata marama, or ata mahina, moon-
light. He ata marama e kore ai e
mau te kiore (P.). Haere i te ata
mahina (M. 288). Ata tuhi, red glow
of dawn.
whakaata. 1. v.i. Look at one’s re-
flected image, in water or in a mirror.
2. v.t. Reflect, as water. Te wai
hei whakaata ake i ona moko.
3. Simulate by gesture, pretend.
Ka kainga e Ruawharo te manawa
o Hahateururoa, ka whakaata mai
nga ringaringa o nga tangata katoa
o te waka, me te mea e kai ana
hoki ratou.

4. Look or peer into. He kotuku
kai whakaata (P.).
5. n. Reflection. Wai whakaata,
pool used as a mirror. Ko te wai
whakaata tenei na ; e kore e mate
ki te wai whakaata (T. 51). E, kei
tawhiti ra hei wai whakaatanga,
kia ata tirohia te rihinga i te tinana
(M. 178).
ataata. 1. n. Shadow. He ataata ta-
ngata i kore ai e mau te tangata (P.).
2. Turbo smaragdus ; a large uni-
valve mollusc.
3. a. Wary.
whakaataata, v. t. Scare, frighten away.
Ata (ii), ad. indicating care, delibe-
ration, thoroughness, &c. 1. Gently.
Kia ata tangi tatou kei rongo mai
aku hoa i patu i au nei (T. 97).
2. Slowly. Tena tatou ka here i
te ra nei kia ata haere ai (T. 18).
' 3. Clearly. Kahore ia i ata kite
atu i Mokoia, i te pouri o te po
(T. 132). Kihai i ata mohio ki te
ara haerenga ki te wai (T. 169).
4. Openly, without concealment.
Ha, ko tatou ko te mea i ata tirohia
iho e ia, te ata whanautanga, me
te ata takotoranga ki runga ki te
takapau hora nui (T. 11).
5. Deliberately. Katahi ka whaka- .
tika nga rangatira ki runga ki te
korero i te maia, i te ata whaka-
haere, i te ata ngarahu, i te ata toro-
toro (T. 150). Nohea e pa ? Ata
whaia ki tona peke maui (T. 16).
6. Cautiously. Kia ata tu i ou
taokete (Tr. vii, 50).
7. Quite. Ka haere nga tira na
te ara ki Okareka, ka ata tutuki
atu ki Rotorua (T. 157).
8. With certain words it must
be translated not so. Kia ata tohe
(Do not be so persistent). Kia ata
nenene ; tena a Ngapuhi ka tata
te whai ringaringa (P.). Kia ata
akiaki i a au, he kai ka mate kei te
hara o te kaki.
Ata (iii), int. expressive of disgust.
Bah! Ata ! te piro (T. 48).
Ata (iv), a. True; only used as a
form of assent. He ata, he ata.
Ataahua, a. 1. Good, pleasant, beau-
tiful. Ka titiro atu te ruruhi ra
ki te ataahua mai o te wahine raka
(T. 164).
2. Suitable, convenient. Kai rawa
mai i te mania, e ataahua ana taua
wahinei (T. 157) (misprinted atahua).
Atae, a. How great. Atae te hoi o tenei
taurekareka ! (T. 168). = katae.
Atahl = katahi, conj. Then; chiefly
in poetry. Atahi ka amohia atu
maua ki te pupuhi i te pa.
Ātahirā = a tahira, l.n. Day after to-
morrow. || tahira.
Atahu. 1. n. Love charm, spell. He
atahu tenei i te wahine kia hiahia
ai ki te tane, &c.—Ka taia te moko
o te tangata, ka tu te tohunga, ka
karakia i te atahu, kia pai mai nga
wahine ki taua tangata. = iri.
2. v.t. Charm, bewitch. Katahi
ka atahungia aua iwi katoa nei (W.
v, 75).
Atāhua = ataahua.
Atamai. 1. a. Knowing, quick-witted,
ready. He ngutu atamai to te
tamaiti nei. So Maui-atamai con-
trasted with Maui-wareware (W. ii,
2. v.i. Behave contemptuously.
Ehara te mahi a te tangata ra ki te
atamai ki a au.
3. n. Despised object. Ko te ata-
mai ngutu au a te tamaiti nei
(M. 376).
Atamarama. || ata (i), pupu atamarama.
Atamira, n. 1. Stage, platform. Ka
piki raua ki runga ki to raua ata-
mira (T. 130).
2. A low stage on which a dead
person is laid out, one end being
elevated for the head. Iri mai e
pa i runga i te atamira (M. 69).
whakaatamira, v.t. Lay out on an
atamira. Ka hemo te tupapaku ka
Atamiro, atamiru, n. A sort of
mummy-case in which dried human
remains were placed. Possibly
synonymous with atamira.
Atanga. 1. a. Beautiful. e
2. v.t. Adorn.
Atārangi, n. Shadow. Kua roa ke te
atarangi o te tangata.
Atarau, n. 1. Moon. Ka titi te ata-
rau, mārama tonu.—E titi koia, e te
atarau, tiaho i runga ra (M. 119).
2. Moonlight. I tetahi po atarau
ka haere a Rona ki te utu wai
(M.M. 167).
Atarua, a. Dim:sighted. Ka atarua
nga whatu.
Atata, n. Small circular net made
round a frame of wickerwork,
usually baited with cuttlefish, and
sunk in the sea.

Atatu. || ata (i).
Atatuhi. || ata (i).
Atawhai. 1. v.t. Show kindness to,
be liberal, foster. Ko te rangatira-
tanga o te wahine nei, he atawhai
ki nga tangata o tona iwi (T. 188).
Nana i homai i ena tangata hei
atawhai i a matou nei kai (T. 14).
2. Be inclined to, desire. Ka
atawhai taua iwi ra ki a Paoa hei
rangatira mo ratou (T. 188).
3. a. Kind, kindly disposed. Ora
noa ake au i te mahi atawhai a taua
tupuna nei (T. 11).
4. n. Liberality. Ka kite te iwi
i tona atawhai (T. 189). Atawhai
kino, unfriendly, malicious. Ka ki
atu ano nga tuakana atawhai kino
kia whakahokia ia ki uta (Tr. vii, 39).
Ate, n. 1. Liver. Te waha 0 te ate,
the pit of the stomach.
2. The seat of the affections; heart.
Tau 0 te ate. (a) A term of endear-
ment. Kai whea te tau o taku ate ?
(b) Emotion. E taea te ruru iho te
tau o taku ate e kakapa tonu nei
(M. 256).
3. A term of affection. Taku ate
hoki ra, taku piki kotuku (M. 162).
4. Spirit, high feeling. He ate
rahirahi e kore e makaa atu te
kupu a tetahi.
5. Totara wood of dark colour,
whakaate, n. Name for a bone mere
with a lobed blade.
ateate, ateatenga, n. 1. Bosom. Ko
Tumatauenga, i tu tonu i te ateate-
nga o tona whaea, o Papatuanuku
(T. 6).
2. Calf of the leg.
Atea, a. 1. Clear. Takiri mai te ata
i runga o Piriaka, atea kau ana
(M. 347).
2. Free from obstruction. Kotahi
ano te whare i atea, no te tamaiti
anake (Tr. vii, 53). E atea ana te
whare, kahore he tangata o roto.
3. Out of the way. Tarakea atu
nga otaota kia atea.
4. Cautious.
whakaatea, v.t. Clear away.
Ate-mango, n. A variety of Phormium.
Ate-raukawa, n. A variety of Phor-
Atete, v.t. 1. Oppose, resist. Ki te
atete i nga hoia hei noho mo runga
i ou whenua.
2. Treat roughly. Kaua e utu-
utua nga ki, e atetetia.
3. Affront, insult. Ehara tenei i
te atete i a koe.
4. Devastate. Kua ngarongaro o
reira tangata i te atetenga a te patu.
Atewharowharo, n. Lungs. (| ate.
Atewhatukuhu, n. Kidneys. = wha-
tukuhu. || ate.
Atewheke, n. A variety of Phormium.
Atewheki, n. Dicksonia squarrosa, a
species of tree-fern. = wheki.
Ati (i), n. Offspring, descendant, clan,
1. Used frequently in tribal
names. Ko to Ati-Awa rangatira
tenei (P. 99). Ka kataina e te tini
o te Ati-Hapai taua tangata (T. 39).
2. Used also with a dual pro-
noun to indicate a person and his
clan, as ati-taua, &c. I te haehae i
ta ati-raua ika.
3. In the plural, nga ati (usually
written ngāti), used as in 1 and 2
above. Ka rewa te ope a Ngati-
Awa, a Ngati-Toa, ki Taranaki
(T. 182). Ehara i a ngati-maua
tēna reo.
Note.—In tribal designations the
second element is usually a proper
name, but occasionally, as in the
case of Ngati-Haka, Ngati-Kumara,
the name has originated in an inci-
dent. || Joum. Anth. Soc. xxxii, 183.
|| ai (iii), ngai.
Ati (ii), conj. Then. Ati ko Maui-
tikitiki koe a Taranga (T. 17). Ati
hoki, yes, indeed. || oti.
Ati (iii). ---
atiati, v.t. Drive away. Ka atiatia a
Kai-hamu ma e Ngarauru (W. iv, 79).
Hei hunariri, hei atiati riri (M.M. 10).
Ati (iv), n. Beginning. I pehea to
kupu i te ati ? [What was it you said
at first ?) Ika i te ati, the first
person slain in battle. Ka man i
reira to ika i te ati (M. 260). Ati-a-
toa, a term applied to a young man
after his first battle. Ko te umu
potaka mo te arero-whero tena, me
te ati-a-toa. || mataati.
Atihakona=atuhakona, n. A fish. Ka
hoatu e ia nga ika papai, te puni-
puni, te atirere, te atihakona te
paraa (W. iii, 25).
Atila, conj. But, nevertheless. |] ati (ii),
Atirere = aturere, n. 1. A sea-fish.
Ka hoatu e ia nga ika papai te puni-
puni, te atirere (W. iii, 25).
2. A pattern in painting the rafters
of a Maori house.

Atiru, n. Clouds threatening rain and
wind. He kapua ke hoki to te atim,
to te atiru i tau ki whea ? (M. 294).
Ka kitea taua mea i te rangi, ara
he atiru, ka mohiotia te hau me
te ua.
Atiti, v.i. Turn aside, wander. Atiti
ke ana (It glances off). || kotiti.
Atiu, ātiutiu, v.i. Wander, stray.
Atiutiu, n. A univalve shell-fish.
Ato, v.t. 1. Thatch. Tenei, e tama,
te whare i atohia (M. 46).
2. Enclose in a fence, &c. Ka
atohia te mara ki te kakaho kei
taea e te pakura.
atoato, v.t. 1. Marshal, regulate the
formation of a corps on the march.
Hai te turanga a tohu ka puta ona
tangata atoato. (The tangata ato-
ato run along flanks of column and
press in those who are not in line.)
2. Recite names, &c., in con-
nexion with certain rites of the
whare-potae. He heuenga ake i
te whare - potae mo Huka Māke-
hurangi. He mea tohi ia ki te wai
whakaata, otiia tona maramatanga
he atoato ingoa nunui i raro i te
take o Maungapohatu.
Atorua, n. A long temporary house
used for a feast. || ato.
Atu, ad. 1. Correlative to mai, used
with verbs, &c., to indicate a
direction or motion onwards, or
away from the speaker in reference
to either time or space. Hua atu
ko te Rangi to tatou matua (T. 14).
Haere ra ! hoki atu ra ki tou kainga
(T. 170). Ko te kauae o tona tu-
puna, o Muri - ranga - whenua, kua
riro mai koa i mua atu (T. 19). Ko
te tini o ona uri i noho atu i Ha-
waiki (T. 30). In such cases it may
sometimes be translated away, forth.
Tu atu ki te haka (T. 145).
2. Used with a verb repeated
with mai, to indicate reciprocated
action. Ka kite a Hinemoa i a
Tutanekai, ka titiro atu, ka titiro
mai (They gazed at one another)
(T. 131). Noho atu ana, noho mai
ana i tetehi taha o ta raua ahi
(They sat facing one another by the
side of their fire) (T. 51).
3. With words like kawe, tiki,
motion where we might have ex-
pected mai to be used. E ta,
kawea atu tetahi wai moku (T. 168).
Haere ki te kainga ki te tiki atu i
taku toki (T. 71).
Note.—When used with the im-
perfect verb, atu always precedes
ana, but follows any qualifying
4. Used with an adjective to form
a comparative or superlative. Nui
atu te hiahia o Takarangi ki a
Raumahora i te hiahia ki te riri
(T. 183). Or simply as an inten-
sive. Very. Kino atu, ki te aroaro
o Taiawa (P. 51). Katahi ano ka
tino pai rawa atu (T. 65).
5. Other. Ka haere ano ki te
kimi kainga ke atu mona (T. 123).
Ka taea hoki e au tera atu aianei
(T. 19). Tetahi atu, another. With
definitives, as tera, era, &c., the
word qualified by the definitive may
intervene before the particle. Kaore
i tapoko mai nga uri o runga i era
waka atu (M. lxix).
whakaatu, v.t. 1. Point out, show.
Kua whakaaturia ia e tona hoa
(T. 138).
2. Call attention to. Ka whaka-
aturia e ia “ Ka hinga, ka hinga a
Ngati-Ruanuku ” (J. xx, 23).
Atua, ad. First. He aha koe te
atua ai ki te whaereere, muri iho
ka patu i nga punua ? || mātua.
Atua. 1. n. God, demon, supernatural
being, ghost. Ehara ia i te mahi
tangata maori, na te atua tenei
mahinga . . . katahi ia ka mo-
hio na te atua (T. 178). Na ka
puta mai nga atua o Puarata ki
waho, ka whai i nga atua o Haka-
wau (T. 176). Ehara i a Hinepou-
pou tangata, ko Hinepoupou atua
(Pi- 135; 3)-
2. Object of superstitious regard.
Whiwhi nei a Ngati-Raukawa i taua
atua taiaha nei (W. v, 43).
3. Anything malign, disagreeable.
Toku atua he pakeha (A European
is the most disagreeable thing to me).
Ki te pu ra o te atua (M. 299).
4. a. Strange, extraordinary. Ki
te kahu atua, kahu whero (M. 299).
He atua te hia ora i te makariri
(P- 13)-
5. Stingy, unfriendly, niggardly
He aha tou i atua mai ki ahau’
= atuapo.
6. n. The moon on the fifteenth
day ; in full, Atua-mate-o-Hotu.
7. Menses.

Atuapiko, n. Rainbow. E tawhana
ana te atuapiko i runga i te rangi.
= atuatapiko.
Atuapikoikoi, n. Clitoris.
Atuapo, n. Niggard, churl. Ka kore
e homai e koe akuanei, heoi ano
he ki maku ki a koe, “ Atuapo !
Atuapo ! ” kia whakama ai koe.
Atuhākona = atihakona, n. A fish.
Aturangi. ----- Ki te pou te wharaua,
he aturangi mamaô (M. 213).
Aturere = atirere, n. A fish, highly
prized. He mokopuna na Mahaki, na
te tangata i whai nei ki te aturere (P.).
Atutahi, n. The star Canopus. Atu-
tahi koe te whetu tarake o te rangi
e (M. 401). = Autahi, Kauanga,
Atutai, n. A sea-fish.
Ä€tute, v.t. Hustle, jostle.
Au. 1. Definitive pronoun, plural of
tau. Your, thy. Kei whea au tuaahu ?
(T. 122).
2. pron. 2nd pers. sing., -u with
prep, a prefixed ; lit. of you, but fol-
lowing the noun it must be translated
by English idiom, of yours, of thine.
Tena kuri au (That dog of yours).
Au (i), n. 1. Smoke. Ka puia oku
kanohi i te au. = auahi.
2. Gall.
3. Cloud, mist, fog.
4. Current, wake of a canoe. E
kore e puta te waka i te au.
5. Rapid. Te au o Kura-te-au.
(T. io9).
6. Whirlpool. Ka kawhakina e
te au kume, e te au rona, e te au
hirere, hirere ki te po (T. 112).
7. In the phrase te au 0 te moana,
open sea. = aumoana. Ka manu
ia i te au o te moana (T. 132). (In
reference to Rotorua.)
8. Sea generally. Te au ra i nohoia
e te takupu (M. 87). Au tuke, or au
miha, heavy sea ; au hāro, calm sea.
9. String, cord. Tuia ki runga ki
te au kotahi.
10. Mat-pin, generally made of
bone or ivory, sometimes also of
wood or of shell or greenstone. He
au rei katoa te here o nga kakahu
(Pi. 126, 3). Au rei, also applied to
small flat oblong pieces of whale’s
tooth worn in a cluster as a sort of
necklace. Au māro, bravery in battle.
Kia pena ake taia iho ki te au māro,
noho ana taua i te ao marama.
whakaau, n. A kind of eel.
auau. 1. a. Disagreeable, disgusting.
2. Frequently repeated, again and
again. He korero auau.
3. ad. Frequently.
4. n. Basket of seed potatoes. Kia
rua auau, ka kapi te mara.
5. v.t. Lift. Maku anake e auau
te hanga taimaha na ?
whakaauau, v.t. Smoke, roast slightly.
He mea whakaauau noa te poaka,
kaore i maoka.
Au (ii), pron. 1st. pers. sing. = ahau,
awahau, awau, &c. I, me. Not
used after the prepositions a, 0, ma,
mo, na, no, or the particles ta, to,
its place being there supplied by the
suffix -ku, q.v.
Au (iii), a. 1. Firm. Au rawa taku
noho (M. 164).
2. Sound (of sleep). Ko te po
whakaau te moe (T. 46). E an nei
taku moe, i (M. 434).
3. Intense. Houa te po au (M.
218) . Kia au tou toki. (Directing
e a workman to cut a little deeper.)
Au (iv), v.i. Bark, howl. Ka kau te
kuri ra, me te au haere (T. 121). Ka
tangi, me te au kuri te rite (T. 199).
Au (v), ad. Certainly, a form of assent.
Au (vi) ad. I do not know. Ka karanga
mai a Te Rangimonoa, “Nohea?”
Ka ki atu te tangata ra, “ Au, kaore
au e mohio.” = aua (ii).
Aua (i), n. Agonostoma forsteri; her-
ring. = kataha: fry called maraua,
then matakā, then aua. Aua mata-
whero, or aua rere kaha runga, fig.
for a chief. He takupu matakana,
he aua matawhero (M. 198).
Aua (ii), aua ake, ad. I know not.
Kei hea to koutou teina ? ”
“ Aua, kahore matou i kite ” (T. 95).
“ Ko wai tena tangata ? ” “ Aua
hoki, he tauhou ” (T. 133). Aua
atu, never mind, it matters not. Aua
atu ra, ko wai ka kite atu ? (M.
219) . || au (vi), auara.
Aua (iii), ad. imperative. Not. Aua
koe e haere. = kaua.
Aua (iv), ad. Far advanced, far on
(in point of distance), at a great
height or depth. Generally with mai
or atu. Aua tonu ake te rangi,
aua tonu iho te whenua ki raro
(M. iv). Kua aua mai koe (You
have come a long way). Kei aua noa
atu nga tangata (The men are a
great distance off). Aua noa atu, ka
puta ake a Ha (T. 96).

Aua (v), definitive pron., pl. of taua.
Those before mentioned. Kua pa atu
nga ringa ki aua pohutukawa (T. 74).
Auaake, ad. I know not. || aua (ii).
Auaha. 1. v.i. Leap, throb, thrill
with passion, &c. Auaha ke te waha
ururoa, auaha ke; tiwha ana, pango
ana, hamama kau ana te waha i a
Kaikumukumu. || auha.
2. v.t. Shape, create, form,
fashion; used in ancient legends.
Me timata mai i te auahatanga a
Tane, i auahatia ai e ia ki te whenua
e takoto nei ko Tiki (J. iii, 14).
Au ahi, n. Smoke. Ka haere ano ki
nga wahi auahi no ho ai, kia mea
ai nga hoa, he auahi, kaore, he roi-
mata (T. 94). = au ahi.
Auaka, ad. Do not, don't.
Auara, ad. after a negative question.
Certainly there is, &c. “ Kaore he
tangata o te tai hauauru e puta mai
ana te ingoa ki konei ? ” “ Auara,
e puta mai ana ano, ko Marutuahu ”
(T. 138).
Auare = auere, v.i. Cry out. Auaretia
mai, e hika, te mamae, e (S. ii, 75).
Te wahine i tangi auare nei.
Auarere, int. expressing surprise.
Auarere ! Kaore ra i te he te take
i parapara-rua ai matou nei (W.M.
ix, 69).
Auau. || au (i).
Aue. 1. int. expressing astonishment
or distress. Alas. Aue, ka kitea he
moana, ko te Rotoiti (T. 79). Aue,
te whakama i a au e (M. 291).
2. v.i. Groan, make lamentation,
cry. Katahi ka aue te matua ki te
tangi (Pi. 135, 3). Kei aroha tatou
ki tona auetanga (T. 19).
Auere = auare, v.i. Cry out with pain.
Auha, v.i. Leap. Ka auha te ika.
|| auaha.
Auhaha, v.t. Seek after. Ka auhaha
noa ia ki tetahi kai mana. || haha.
Auheke, n. 1. Surf. Tukua ahau kia
rere i runga i te auheke ra, ka paea
atu ana ko te toka i Omaku.
2. Short descent. Tera ka makoha,
e, ki runga te auheke ka hokai o
Hangutu (M. 165). || aupiki.
Auhi. 1. v.i. Be hampered, be hindered.
= auwhi.
2. Be distressed. Ki te whaea e
auhi ana ki tana tamaiti i mate.
3. n. Distress, grief, anxiety. Ka-
hore rawa e mutu ana taku auhi
tonu ki a ia.
Auhoki, n. Eddy, backwater. || au (i).
AÅ«hunga, n. A pale variety of green-
stone (Tr. xxiv, 513).
Auinaake, auināke = aoinake, ad. On
the morrow. Ka auinaake te ata ka
taona tetahi ika (Tr. viii, 47). Taka
noa ki te po e aoinake ai ka maunu,
ka eke a Rongouaroa ki runga ki te
waka (On the night before they were
to sail Rongouaroa embarked on the
canoe}. Auina rawa ake, on the very
next day. Auina rawa ake ka taupo-
kina e te mate ki raro ra (Pi. 172, 2).
Aukaha. 1. v.t. Lash the rauawa, or
bulwark, to the body of a canoe.
Na ka oti tona waka te aukaha,
ka toia ki te wai (T. 120). Te waka
nei a Ao tea, ka aukahatia (T. 112).
2. n. Lashings of dressed flax
which fasten the rauawa to the body
of the canoe.
Aukati. 1. v.t. Stop one's way, pre-
vent one from passing.
2. Dam a stream.
3. n. Line which one may not
Auki, a. Old, of long standing. || uki.
Aukume, v.t. Prolong, lengthen out.
Ehara i te matāika, engari he
mātāika, koinei te reo o konei, he
aukume, aukukume, n. The name of
an incantation.
Aumangea, aumangeo, a. Strong, brave,
Aumihi, v.t. 1. Sigh for. || mihi.
2. Greet, welcome.
Aumoana, n. 1. Open sea. ||au(i), 7.
2. Blue clay.
Aumoe, a. 1. At ease. Ka kanaenae
nga kanohi, kahore i te aumoe.
2. Fast asleep. Kia rite ki te
tui aumoe ana mai aku hoa i nga
muri, matatu noa ana ko au nei
anake (S. ii, 17).
Aumou, a. Constant, persistent. E au-
mou tonu te whai. || au, mau.
Aunga = hāunga, ad. Not.
Aungarea, a. Fierce. = nanakia.
Aupaki. 1. n. Sloping ground.
2. v.t. Hold close, carry. Au-
pakina ki te maro (Hold them in
your apron}. Riri aupaki, fight at
close quarters. Koe riri aupaki na
o teina (M. 407).
Auparu, n. A form of net used at
the mouths of rivers.
Aupatu, n. Bundle.

Aupiki. 1. v.i. Ascend. Ka tupato
te upoko o te ope ki te awa, ka
aupiki haere.—Ko wai tera e aupiki
atu ra ? (S. ii, 4).
2. a. Steep, flowing rapidly.
Whakamau to mata nga tai aupiki
(M. 383)-
3. n. Short sharp ascent. Ka nui
te kino o te huarahi, he aupiki, he
auheke. (Not properly applied to a
long ascent.)
Auporo, v.t. Cut short, stop. Ko-
tahi te tangata nana nei matou i
auporo, ko Iharaira anake.
Aupounamu, n. Extreme bow of a
war-canoe. Ko aupounamu tona
wahi whakamutunga mai, ko ma-
tutu te tuarua, ko te wahi tenei e
whakanohoia ai te tauihu o te waka.
Aupuru, n. Cushion, or pad, — e.g.,
under a load, to prevent chafing.
He kore mea hai aupuru.
Auraka, ad. Not, imperative or pre-
cative. E kui ma nei, auraka au
e hakua.
Auraki. 1. v.i. Turn aside. Tatou
ka auraki atu ki te kainga nei.—
Taku aurakitanga ki te kino (S. 98).
2. Return. Mehemea ka taka kino-
tia koe e tetehi tangata, ka auraki
mai koe ki au.
3. Go. Haere ra, E Tama ! Au-
raki atu ki to pāpā, ki a Hori, ki
kona moe ai.
4. Press, crowd. Te nuinga e
auraki noa mai kia kite ai ratou
i te mutunga o te manawa (W.M.
viii, 57). Ko koe te rangatira, he
nui nga ware, ka auraki katoa ki
a koe, ara ka hui katoa atu ki a
5. v.t. Do a thing in a hurry.
Aua ra e aurakina.
6. Urge, hasten.
,7. Wail, lament, give way to vio-
lent demonstrations of grief or pain.
Auraki ana te hemo o te tupapaku.
Aurara. 1. v.t. Clutch, grasp. Aurara
ke ou ringaringa ki kona Id te aha ?
2. Encroach.
3. v.i. Toss, or roll from side to
side, as one resting uneasily. Aurara
ana toku ngakau.
4. Turn, be diverted. Kaore e au-
rara te whatu ki wahi ke atu.
Aurei, n. 1. The third day of the
moon’s age. Kua whakaaurei te
2. = au rei. || au (i), 10.
Aurere, v.i. Moan, groan. E aurere
mai ra a Tairi. — E hine e, tangi
kino, e, tangi aurere nei ki te kai
(M. 201).
Auriuri. 1. a. Free from tapu. Ka
auriuri pea koe.
2. n. An incantation for render-
ing persons free from tapu.
Auroa, a. Prolonged, extended. Te
auroa o toku taiawhio haere, a roa
te kitenga ano o nga tangata.
Auroro, v.i. Slope, incline. I auroro
whena atu (He inclined in that
Auru, v.t. 1. Break off, pluck up,
destroy. Ka puta ai te waipuke hei
auru i te rakau tu takutai wai (S. ii,
86). Aurutia mai nga tarutaru.
2. Throw away, carry off.
|| kaiauru.
Aurukowhao, n. 1. Leakage from the
lashing-holes of the rauawa of a canoe,
2. Any trifling damage. “ Mate
i te tamaiti, he aurukowhao ; mate
i te wahine, takerehaia.” Na Heke-
rau te ki (P.).
|| urukowhao.
Autā, v.i. Toss, writhe. Tuarua rawa
mai ki te moenga, he ringa ta auta
rawa ake, ka ea kai te moenga, e (S.).
Ko te ringa ka auta ki runga ki tetehi.
—Kua auta haere te moe. Moe auta,
restless, broken sleep. Ka whakaauta
i tana moe (Pretends to be sleeping
Auta, v.t. Encroach upon, attack. Ka
mate a Hongi, a auta ka auta, ko
Te Whareumu.
Autaha. 1. n. Eddy, side current.
Kia tika ki te autaha, kia māmā ai
te hoenga.
2. ad. To one side. O te koinga
ra e tere autaha i waho.
Autahi = Atutahi, n. The star Can-
opus. E paki ra te paki o Autahi
(M. 242).
Autaia, a. 1. Extraordinary, strange.
2. Savage. = nanakia.
Autaki. 1. a. Roundabout, circuitous.
He ara autaki.
2. Prolix, prosy. He kupu autaki.
3. v.t. Lead by a circuitous way.
He kuia i autakina ki te pae tuatahi,
i autakina ki te pae tuarua.
Autāne, n. A woman’s brother-in-law.
|| taokete.
Autara, v.t. Lop branches off trees,
leaving trunks standing.

Autaua, n. One who announces the
approach of a fighting-party.
Aute, n. 1. Broussonetia papyrifera,
pa,per-mulberry, formerly cultivated
by the Natives in New Zealand.
2. Cloth made from the bark of
this tree. He maro aute te maro o
Whakatau (T. 59). Manu aute, kite.
He manu aute au e taea te whaka-
horo ki te aho tamiro, i (M. 220).
3. Band for the hair made of such
Autetaranga, autetauranga, n. Pi-
melea arenaria, a shrub, from the
bark of which an inferior kind of
cloth was made.
Autō. 1. a. Trailing behind. Kahore
ra i te kakahu roroa auto mai i raro
i te whenua (M. 114).
2. Slow, dilatory. He auto no te
tangata ki tenei mahi. || akuto.
3. v.t. Drag out, protract. Au-
kumea, autoia (M. 114).
Autoru, n. A round stone used in
grinding down kokowai, or red ochre.
Autui, n. A cloak-pin of whalebone
or boar’s tusk. || au (i).
Auwaha, v.t. Meddle, interfere.
Auwahi, pt. Separated, divided. Tera
te kotuhi auwahi ana ia i te ripa o
Tautari raro (S.).
Auwahine, n. Sister-in-law of a man.
|| taokete.
Auwe = aue.
Auwhī = auhi, a. Sad, dejected. Ka
auwhi noa te ngakau i tona mahue-
Awa, n. 1. Channel, landing-place for
canoes. Te awa hoenga waka (M.
2. River. Kei tawahi ke o te awa
e tawharau ana mai a Te Arawa
(T. 81).
3. Gully, gorge.
4. Groove, fluting.
5. An incantation to still a storm.
Ko wai ra te awa o to waka i haere
ai koe? (M. 225). Called also awa
moana (M. 156, 344).
6. Bed in a garden: probably
strictly furrow.
whakaawa, v.t. Groove, hollow out,
awaawa, n. 1. Valley. Takoto ana
he raorao, heke ana he awaawa, ara,
he pari hoki (T. 23).
2. Trough of the sea.
whakaawaawa, v.i. Keep in the trough
of the sea.
Awahau = ahau, pron. I, 'me.
Awai, a. Heavy.
Āwaiā, int. An exclamation of sur-
Awaiho (poetical) = waiho, v.t. Leave.
Naku koe i awaiho i taku whenua
iti (M. 17). Nau i awaiho te kiri
awhinga nei (M. 24).
Awakari, awakeri, n. Ditch. Keria
ana e ia te awakeri, kia rere ai te
wai (W. ii, 76).
Awake, l.n. Two days hence. = aoake.
awakewake, l.n. Four days hence.
Awamate, n. 1. Ditch, moat, outside
the palisading of a pa.
2. River-bed left dry by the river
changing its course.
Awanga, n. 1. South-west wind.
2. Variegated Phormium tenax.
Ko te wharanui, ko te awanga tona
ingoa he taroa.
3. Variety of taro.
āwangawanga. 1. a. Uneasy in mind,
disturbed, undecided.
2. n. Distress. Ma reira pea ka
mutu ai toku awangawanga ki toku
tupuna ka ngaro atu nei.
Awarua, n. 1. Ditch.
2. Dogskin cloak. Kia pehia mai
te kuri awarua (M. 88). = topuni.
whakaawarua, n. Ditch inside the pali-
sading of a pa.
Awata, n. Desire, yearning, grief.
= wawata.
Awatea = ao atea, n. 1. Broad day-
light. Kua awatea, kua puta rawa
te ra (T. 47).
2. Middle of the day.
Awau = ahau, pron. I, me. Nahau
ano awau (Tr. vii, 37).
Awe (i), n. 1. Soot. Kei muri i te
awe kapara he tangata ke, mana i te
ao he ma (P.). To mata whaka-
rewa ki te awenga para (S.).
2. Cloud. Taia ai runga, taka te
uira, taka te awe (S.).
3. Long white hairs from tail and
rump of the native dog, used for
decorating clothing, weapons, &c.
Ka whitia e ia te rapa o tona taiaha
ki runga, ka ruia nga awe (J. xx,
4. White feathers of albatross or
heron. Whakataua mai te awe o
te toroa (M. 46). Taku awe kotuku
no nga rakau a Te Ru (M. 25).
5. Strength, power, influence. Te
awe o te atua e nanape kino nei i
a āu (M. 113).

aweawe, a. 1. Distant, out of reach.
Aweawe ana nga rau o te rakau.—•
Aweawe ana nga korero i runga o
Te Piware (P. 2.).
2. Tall. Katahi ki te roa o te
rakau nei, aweawe atu ana.
whakaawe. 1. v.t. Place out of reach.
Ka rere mai nga manu ra ; i tawhiti
ano ka whakaawea te rere ma
runga.—He pu whakaawe noa mai
(A lucky shot from a distance).
2. v.i. Receding to a distance.
Nga ti whakaawe. (Applied to the
phantom trees on Kaingaroa Plains.)
whakaaweawe, n. Lover (of either
kai-whakaaweawe, n. Go-between, mes-
senger between lovers. Ko koe hoki
te kai-whakaaweawe, he aha koe ka
huna ?
Awe (ii) = wawe, ad. Soon. He koura
kia awe te whero, he aruhe kia awe
te papa (P.).
Awe-kapara, n. Planting season. He
tangata whakaawe-kapara (An in-
dustrious man). = koanga.
Aweke. 1. a. Perverse, ill-tempered.
He aha tau ka aweke tonu ?
2. Slow, dawdling, with the notion
of waywardness. Katahi te aweke
o tau haere.
3. Unaccustomed, strange to.
4. v.t. Falsify, misrepresent. E
kore au e anga ki te aweke korero
5. Tease, play tricks on. Ka tae
ki te rorohu hei kai-kimi mana mo
nga tangata e aweke ra i a ia.
6. v.i. Turn aside. Ka kite au i
te tangata e puta mai ana, ka aweke
noa au ki tahaki kia hemo ake taua
Aweko, a. 1. Old, ancient. He riri
mo tenei kainga, me korero ; ko
nga riri aweko o tawhiti, kauaka e
2. Knowing, understanding. Me
te aweko haere tou au ki te hara-
maitanga o toku papa.
Awenewene, a. Very sweet. |[ wene-
Awere, v.i. Be omitted. Kei awere
etahi o nga kupu o te waiata.
Awhā, n. 1. Gale, storm.
2. Rain. Ka ua te awha.
Awhai, conj. Maybe, perhaps. Anei
nga taonga ma Rangi, āwhai ma
korua e heri atu (Maybe you will
take them).
Awhato = awheto, n. 1. A fungus
which is parasitic on a kind of cater-
pillar (Cordiceps robertsii).
2. A large caterpillar, larva of
Sphinx convolvuli. Ka mahi te
awhato hohoni paenga (P. 38).
Awhe=hawhe, whawhe. 1. v.t. Scoop
up, gather into a heap. Ka tango
i te kakahi hei awhe i nga wairua
ki roto ki te rua (T. 87). Awhea
mai nga oneone.
2. Hem in, surround, beset. Ka
awhea ma e te hau o roto o te riu
(T. 153)-
3. Span, encircle, so measure a
tree with the extended arms.
4. Stir, disturb. Haere mai ki
Hauraki, ki te aute te awhea (P. 10).
Kaore te aroha e awhea mai nei
(M. 260). E pa ta waho e awhea
mai nei (M. 201).
5. v.i. Pass round or behind.
Awhe ana i tua ra i taku hemihemi
(M. 65).
6. Go, travel. Kaore āna ra koe
awhe mai ana ki te haukainga (M.
xcvii). Waiho kia whana atu ana
he toroa awhe nui e topa ana ia ki
te uru (M.M. 198).
7. n. A greenstone pendant with
the end curved.
awheawhe, v.t. Work in a body on
anything. Me awheawhe noa tena
mahi ka oti.
awhenga, n. Applied to a vassal
people, as a weak tribe saved from
destruction out of pitying contempt.
Ka puta te whakaaro i nga ranga-
tira o taua iwi kia heke ratau ki te
rahiti, koi waiho ratau hai utanga
kupu. Ko taua kupu ka puta ki
te whakatupuranga uri, “ He awhe-
nga koe naku.”
Awhea = ahea. || hea.
Awhenua.------ I awhenua au ki Ha-
waiki atua e (M. 23).
Awheo. 1. n. Halo.
2. v.i. Be surrounded by a halo.
Ka awheo te marama ka taka.
3. a. Roundabout.
|| awhio.
Awheotau, v.i. Be surrounded by a
Awherangi. 1. n. A defensive sp.'ll
to throw witchcraft upon its author.
2. a. Bespoken. E haramai ra
koe i te makau awherangi (S. 16).

Awherau.------ Nga hau o waho, tenei
kei roto i ahau e kai awherau i taku
hinganga ki raro, i taku tunga.
Awheto. || awhato.
Awhi, v.t. 1. Embrace. Ina he awhi
kau iho tau (T. 129).
2. Foster, cherish. Na toku tupuna
au i awhi, a whai tangata ana ahau.
3. Sit on eggs, as a hen.
4. Draw near to. Awhitia mai,
kia piri, kia tata.
5. Besiege. Ao ake te ra ka awhi-
tia te pa, kotahi tekau pea nga ra e
awhi ana.
whakaawhi, v.t. Surround.
awhiawhi. 1. n. Embrace. Kia mana
ra ta taua awhiawhi (M. 180).
2. A particular hold or grip in
whakaawhiawhi, v.i. Cling together.
Korero whakaawhiawhi, close conver-
awhiawhi, whakaawhiawhi, n. A cere-
mony to remove tapu from a new
Awhikiri, n. Third or inner wooden
palisade of a fort. = kiritangata.
Awhina, v.t. Assist, benefit, befriend.
He awhina tangata anake te ranga-
tiratanga o tenei mea, o te tangata
(T. 12).
Awhio. 1. a. Roundabout, winding.
Kaua koutou e haere ma tena
huarahi engari haere ma te huarahi
2. v.i. Go round about. Awhiotia
te nuku o te whenua ka tae kei a
Kapiti (M. 284).
āwhiowhio. 1. n. Whirlwind, whirl-
2. a. Circuitous.
|| awheo.
Awhipapa, n. The advance in stoop-
ing attitude, dragging huata (spear)
behind like a bird-spear.
Awhireinga, v.t. Embrace in the re-
gion of spirits.
Awhiti, awhitu. 1. a. Cautious, on
one's guard.
2. v.i. Feel regret, feel hurt, yearn
for. E roto koa ra, e awhitu noa
ra ki te tau i rangia (M. 203). E
awhitu ana toku ngakau ki nga kai
kihai i nui mai ki a au.
|| ohiti.
Awhiwhi, a. Near. Te awhiwhi mai
he rukenga naku, i aku rangi ma-
nanga (M. 18).
āwhīwhiwhi, v.i. Approximate, re-
E, vowel: Ä“ pronounced as the first
e in “fête” ; e pronounced as e in
“ pet.”
E (i), particle, used—1. Before verbs
or adjectives followed by ana, nei,
na, &c., to denote action in pro-
gress, or temporary condition, in
time past, present, or future. E
haere ana maua ki reira (T. 145).
E ora ana ano maua (T. 176).
2. Before verbs or adjectives
without a following particle, to
denote future action or condition.
Tera pea e tae mai ki konei (T. 188).
3. In a negative clause answering
to the last, to introduce the negative.
E kore korua e maia (T. 200).
4. Before verbs, to form an im-
perative. Ka mea atu taua hunga,
“ E haka ” (T. 65). Kaua e titiro
atu, kei mate korua (T. 48).
5. Before the interrogative hia,
and the cardinal numbers from two
to nine, in a statement regarding
the number of articles. Ka tatau
ano, tatau rawa iho e waru ano taro,
kua riro e rua (T. 49). Ka tango
ia i nga taha e ono (T. 132).
6. In relative clauses, after a
negative, with reference even to
time past. Te mea i kore ai e
nehua (The reason they were not
E (ii), prep. By, of the agent, and
following passives only. I ngarea
mai au e Paoa (T. 187).
E (iii), int. 1. Vocative, 0. E koro
ma, kawea au kia kite i o tuakana
(T. 197). Often used after, as well
as before a name. E Turi e ! E
Turi e ! whakahokiaki uta (T. iii).
2. Calling attention, or expressing
surprise. E ! kua ora a Raumati
(T. 102). E ! ko Te Kahureremoa
(T. 144).
3. In poetry, at the end of a line
or stanza, without any particular
meaning. Te marama i runga ra,
e (M. 191).
4. v.i. Exclaim “ E!”

E (iv), conj. 1. If, when. Ka ora
rapea ahau, e ka tuaina ki te
moana (M. vii). Koia tenei pepeha
mo te mea kite, e ka kitea te taonga
makere (M. xi). It is often used
without any verbal particle: E
whiti koe ki rawahi, me haere tonu
atu koe (When you get across the
sea, go right on) (T. no). E ua
patapata nunui, ka mate au (If it
rains heavily, I shall have died)
(T. 61).
2. To give emphasis. Why, of
course. “ E haere atu ana ahau ki
te whakataki i taku kotiro.” “ Kei
hea ? ” “ E, kei te rangi ” (T. 49).
E (v), particle. Sometimes used be-
fore roto and other local nouns
(F.L. § 8) when they stand as sub-
ject to a sentence, particularly in
poetry. I mihi mai e waho, i riri
mai e roto (M. 267). E mua ata
haere, e muri tata kino (P.).
Eā, int. expressing surprise. Ea ! kua
mate tau mokai (T. 161).
Ea, v.i. 1. Appear above water. Kia
timu te tai ka ea ai nga toka ki runga.
2. Be flooded, of a house, camp, &c.
Kua ea katoa to whare.—-He takere
toea, ea katoa a roto o te whare.
3. Rise, as heavenly bodies. Ka
ea mai a Whanui.
4. Reappear, as the moon at new
moon. Ka tatari a Maia kia ea te
marama, ara kia tae ki te Hoata.
5. Be brought to land. Ka ea te
kupenga ki tahaki.—Ka ea to ika
he haku no te moana uri (M. 10).
6. Be avenged, requited. Ka ea
te mate o Tuhuruhuru (T. 62). Ka
ea tana kanga i a Mutahanga, i a
Manahua (T. 93).
7. So, be paid for. Kaore ano i ea
toku kakahu. Tu pupu, tu ngaro;
tu kete, tu ea (A portion [of food]
in a little bundle is a portion lost; a
portion in a basket, a portion to be
repaid) (P.).
8. Be paid. Ka ea te utu.
9. Be produced, come up, as a crop.
10. Be performed, as a religious
rite. Ka ea te purenga (T. 83).
whakaea. 1. v.t. Pay for.
2. Avenge.
3. Perform an incantation. Po
rawa iho, ka mar ere o te maia ra
o Ngatoro, kei te whakaea, kei te
karangaranga i te hau, me te ua,
me te whatitiri (M. xxi).
4. Spread, extend. Whakaea ma-
rire atu aku parirau (M. 113).
5. v.i. Appear above the surface.
Nga motu whakaea i waho o Motu-
tawa (M. 333).
6. So, draw breath. Whakaea te
manawa o Rangi (M. 356).
7. n. A species of eel found in
stagnant pools, but not in running
whakaeanga, n. Object of affection.
whakaeaea. 1. v.t. Lift or draw out
of the water. Tukutukua i Rangi-
aowhia, whakaeaea i Mamaku (T.
2. Ease pain. Hei whakaeaea mo
te mamae.
3. Utter disconnectedly, as through
want of breath; sob. Whakaeaea
ana te tangi a toku ihu (M. 120).
Eai, int. expressing admiration. Eai
au tini kakahu ! This, perhaps,
should be e ai, and referred to
ai (H).
Eaoia, int. expressing assent. = e ao
ia. || ao (iii).
Ehake, ad. Not. Ehake tenei ta-
ngata. || ehara.
Ä’hara, ad. 1. Not, stating non-
identity, and followed by i. Ehara
i te tikanga tangata (T. 61). Ehara
i te mea, it is not the case that.
Sometimes with an ellipsis of i te
mea, as, Ehara maku nga moni.
Ehara i te hanga, perhaps = ehara
i te hanga noa iho, it is no common
thing—i.e., it is something extraordi-
nary. Ehara is sometimes used alone
in this sense. Ehara ! ta te pari pai
hoki (T. 160). Ehara ano te haere o
tera toa! (T. 60).
2. Used with i in a negative sen-
tence where the positive statement
would require the use of na or no.
Ehara i a koe tenei kainga, noku
ano (T. 79). Ehara i konei ; mehe-
mea no konei, he hauraro noa iho
te kakahu o te weruweru (T. 147).
3. Tn animated narrative, with-
out doubt, sure enough. Tahi ano
whakarerenga iho o tana meremere;
ehara, kua mate (T. 120).
Note.—Early writers in New Zea-
land printed e hara; this is not
now usual. || hara (iii).
Ēhe, ehē, int. expressing surprise. If
the form ehē is used, dissent is- im-

Êhea, pron. interrogative, plural of
tehea. Which ?
Ehi, int. Well! Ehi ’ kua rite o
maua nei hiahia (T. 131).
Ehia = e hia. || hia (i).
Ehinu, pron. definitive plural. Some.
Kei hea ehinu o nga toki ?—Ko tona
kawenga i tuwhaina ki ehinu o nga
kai-waha (Ha. 303). || etokohinu,
Ehu (i). 1. a. Turbid. He wai ehu,
he wai para-horo.
2. v.t. Bail, or more accurately
dash, the water out of a canoe by
means of a paddle moved briskly
from side to side. Ka ehua te wai o
tona waka (T. hi).
3. Exhume, disinter. No te ehu-
nga i a Te Eke. || hahu.
whakaehu, v.t. Scatter, disperse. Kaua
e whakaehu i nga poaka.
Ehu (ii) = ahua, n. Appearance, form.
Ruia te taitea, tu te ehu tapu
(M. 206). He kumara kai hamu-
hamu ko te ehu o te kupu na.
whakaehu, v.i. Appear dimly. Ngari
te tahakura whakaehu rawa mai, a
whiti rere ake ka hewa kei te ao (S.).
Ko to wairua i haramai whakaehu
(S. 68).
Ei, int. in poetry and occasionally in
prose. Haere atu ra, ei (M. 251).
Ei, tena te rakau ka hoa (T. 98).
Ano ra ko Tama, “ Eii, ka ora rapea
ahau ” (M. vii).
Eke, v.i. 1. Generally place oneself or
be placed upon another object, and
2. Embark. Nga waka i eke mai
ai o matou tupuna ki tenei motu
(T. 69).
3. Get aground, come to land. Ka
eke ki uta ; ka kitea nuitia e nga
tangata (T. 57).
4. Rise, as a star. Ka eke te
whetu o te rangi (W. i, 89).
5. Rise in swellings. He mate
pukupuku, ka papauku katoa te
kiri, he eke no te kiri.
6. Be laid or cast upon, as blame,
censure, &c. Ka ekengia ahau e te
kupu (I am the subject of blame ;
I am found fault with).
7. Come to be exercised over, as
control, authority, &c. He whaka-
aro nana, kei eke mai he tikanga ma
te matua ki runga ki nga taonga i
wehea mai mona.
8. Thicken in cooking. || ete.
9. v.t. Raise. Na ka ekea a
Rangi ki runga (Tr. vii, 33).
10. Climb. He pukepuke moana
e ekeina e te waka (P. 26).
11. Mount a horse, &c.; reach the
summit of a mountain, &c. Haere
ano ratou, ka eke i runga i te puke
(T. 79).
whakaeke. 1. v.t. Attack, assault.
Ka whakaekea tonutia e te mano
(T. 176). Te ingoa o te pa ko Te
Hape, ka whakaekea e te taua.
2. Make a rush. Ka whakaekea
e te tangata whenua ki roto i te
whare o te manuhiri (T. 193).
3. Lead an army to the attack.
Katahi ka whakaekea te taua raka
ki roto i nga pa (T. 81).
4. Earth up crops. Kahore ano
kia whakaekea nga riwai.
5. Place upon, load. Ka pau te
tui te whakaeke ki te ngohi (When
the cord was fully laden with fish)
(T. 179).
6. v.i. Climb upon, mount. Kei
whakaeke koe ki runga ki te peka
patate (M. 403).
7. Alight. Ka whakaeke ki raro
ki te whenua (Tr. vii, 38).
8. n. Visitor, guest. Ko etahi
rawhi ka pau ma nga whakaeke
(T. 185). -
9. Ally, body of supporting troops.
Katahi ka tae mai te whakaeke a
Karopiti, no Kawhia, hei haumi i a
whakaekeeke. 1. v.t. Invade.
2. v.i. Follow in quick succession.
He ua whakaekeeke ; taro kau iho
kua ua ano.
3. n. Arrival of guests.
Ekieki = ikeike, a. High, lofty.
Emi, emiemi, v.i. 1. Be assembled,
be gathered together. Ka emi mai
te mano o te tangata ki te haka
(M. vii). Kua emiemi nga tangata
ki te whare.
2. Be ashamed.
emiemi, n. 1. Dracophyllum lati-
folium ; a tree. = neinei.
2. Bract at footstalk of a gourd.
whakaemi, v.t. Gather together. Ka-
tahi ka whakaemia kia kite i te
patunga o Whakaturia (T. 64).
Ä’na, plural of definitive tena. Those
near or connected with the person
spoken to.
Ä’naka = ena.

Enanga, a. Like, having the form or
appearance of.
Ene. 1. v.t. Flatter, cajole. He ene
te korero a te tangata nei, ma wai
e whakarongo atu ?
2. n. Anus. Tou ene, or mau
tou ene, a contemptuous rejection
of an offer.
whakaene. 1. v.t. Make smooth.
Haere mai ki te whakaene i nga
parua i tanumia e ou matua.
2. Present the posteriors in derision.
3. n. Certain sacred rites. Ka
tahuna te ahi whakaene, ka karakia
te tohunga, ka hoatu te taio ma-
kawe.—-I tahuna mai au ki te ahi
whakaene ki’ mate te wairua (S.).
eneene. 1. v.t. Endeavour to obtain
by flattery, coaxing, &c. Kei te ene-
ene kai mana.
2. Incite, provoke; as in eneene
riri, provoke a quarrel.
3. a. Utterly consumed, wasted,
bare. Kua eneene noa aku kai.—
Eneene ana nga kai o te kainga
nei, monemone ana i te poaka.
whakaeneene. 1. v.i. Dawdle. E
tama ! he mahi whakaeneene tau.
2. In the expression moe whaka-
eneene, practise sodomy.
Enel, plural of definitive tenei. These
near or connected with the speaker.
Enga, n. Anxiety.
engaenga, v.i. Overflow.
Engari, engaringari (formerly written
e ngari) = erangi, conj. 1. It is
better. Akuanei pea ka mate ko
au : engari pea me haere noa atu
au ki te kimi kainga ke atu hei
oranga moku (T. ng).
2. But, but rather. Kei hopu tou
ringa ki te aka taepa, engari kia mau
ki te aka matua (T. 48).
3. On the contrary, on the other
hand. He nui tona mohio, tona
marie ; engari, ki te puta atu te
tangata o te iwi ke . . . ka whaka-
tika ki te tautau mai (T. 156).
Note.—In Uv., To., Fu., and Ni.,
gali (i.e., ngali) means likely, fit,
Engei. A particle of uncertain mean-
ing. He maripi engei au ? {Have
you a knife ?) || nge.
Engia, ad. expressing assent. Engia
ano ? (Is it really ?). || koia.
Eo, n. Louse.
whakaeo. 1. v.t. Deprive of power,
cause to waste away, generally by
occult means. Mehemea ka oho
te taniwha, me tu atu te tangata
ki te whakaeo.—-Ahakoa i waiho i te
moana aua mea kino, ka whakaeo-
tia kia mutu.
2. n. Ill luck, brought upon
canoes, nets, &c., by carelessly omit-
ting to remove all of the previous
day’s catch. Ki te whakaeonga
o to kete inanga (M. 402 (ms.)).
|| ero.
Epa (i). 1. v.t. Pelt. Katahi tona
papa ka whakatau epa ake (T. 16).
2. Throw, cast. Epaina atu ana e
Hine te kohatu ki te wahine i mua
(W. ii, 122).
3. n. Thunderbolt. Ko nga hapu
e tangi nei i te rangi, nga ingoa o
ena tangata, ko Whaitiri-pakapaka,
ko te Epa ... he hapu atua enei no
te iwi Maori.
4. Something connected with
sacred rites. ? Offering. Kahikihiki
te epa, ka rangahau te epa, ko te
epa o Tutawake (S.). Whakatu te
epa o te ariki, hiki ake oriaria
(M. 414).
5. Objection, hindrance. Kahore
he epa mo tena.
whakaepa. 1. v.t. Cast, throw. E
kore e whakaepaia ki runga ki te
waka tona tinana.
2. Conciliate, propitiate, make much
of. Ka tata mai te aroha ki te tau
ra, e, i whakaepa i taku ohinga
(S. ii, 38).
3. Land a shark in the canoe
(Tr. xliii, 601).
4. n. Propitiatory offering.
epaepa, v.t. Pelt continuously. Roa
noa atu ratou e epaepa ana i a ia
(T. 16).
whakaepaepa, v.t. 1. Object to, hinder.
Kahore tatou i te tika e ahei ai i
a tatou te whakaepaepa.
2. Conciliate. Riro ana taku poaka
hei whakaepaepa mo te tohunga.—
Ka meatia te aute hai whakaepaepa
Epa (ii), n. Posts at the ends of a
Maori house between the poupou
and poutāhu. || J. v, 148.
Epeepe, n. Distant relative.
Era, plural of definitive tera. Those

Erangi = engari.
Ero. 1. a. Putrid. Kua eroa te ika
2. Thin, emaciated. Koukoumata
ero koi runga (M. 421). E ki mai na
koe, he ero.
3. n. Discharge from a sore or
boil, pus.
•; ■ 4. Decrease, diminution. E te hua,
e te ero (M. 327).
whakaero. 1. v.i. Putrefy. Ki te
whakaeronga o to kete inanga
(M. 402). || whakaeo.
2. Diminish, dwindle, disappear.
Ko te whakaerôtanga hoki tenēi o te
. mana me te tapu nui o to tupuna,
i o Tama-rte-kapua, i hoki mai ai ki
ahau (J. ii, 227). Whakaero ana
.te .tangata, whakaero ana hoki te
3. v.t. Perform a ceremony for
the well-being of a canoe. He aha
te take mau e whakaero to koutou
waka (J. iii, 61).
|| Uv., To., Fu., Sa.: elo, putrid,
Ä’tahi, plural t of definitive tetahi.
Etahi, int. How great! Etahi te oha
a to tangata I (i.e., yourself). || ka-
Sts, int. calling attention. Ete ! neke-
neke atu kia watea.
Ete, v.i. Thicken in cooking. || eke.
whakaete, v.t. Force one’s way, &c.,
press through a crowd. Ka whaka-
etea he nohoanga mona.—Kei hea
ou tuakana, ou teina hei whaka-
ete nohoanga? (M. 189). Mate atu
he tete kura, whakaete mai he tete
kura (P.).
Etehi = etahi. Te rongo etehi, wehea
ake etehi (T. 5).
Eti, v.i. Shrink, recoil. Ka eti toku
kiri i konei.
etieti, a. Disgusting. || wetiweti.
whakaetieti, v.t. Loathe. E nobo koe
i uta na kia whakaetietia koe e te
tangata (W.W. 48).
Etia. 1. ad. As it were, as if. Etia
he waha tangata (T. 116). Etia ano
aku mata me te mata ruru e tiwai
ana (S. ii, 73).
2. Perhaps. Etia kei te moe koe.
3. int. How great! Etia tonu
toū humarire ! (T. 164).
Eto, a. Lean, attenuated.
Whakaeto, v.t. Evaporate.
Etokohinu = ehinu. Some, used only
when speaking of persons.
Eu6, int. = aue.
Ewa. -----
whakaewa, whakaewaewa, n. 1. Strips
of reddish-yellow flax used to orna-
ment some forms of cloak.
2. A cloak so ornamented. =ma-
Ewarangi. ----
whakaewarangi, n. An ornamented
cloak. Uhia au te whakaewarangi
(M.M. 77). I| whakaewa.
Ewe, n. 1. Placenta, or afterbirth. Ka
tanumia te ewe, kiia iho te wahi
i tapukea ai ko Te-ewe-o-Tuwhaka-
iriora (J. xx, 18).
2. Land of one's birth.
3. Mother.
4. Womb. (Tu.)
e wee we, n. Blood relative.
Eweewerau, n. Some portion of the
afterbirth. = kawekawerau.
Ewekuri, n. Paratrophis heterophylla ;
a tree. = turepo.
H, consonant, is pronounced as in
English. In the case of a few words
the presence of the h does not seem
firmly established, while in some
words forms are in use with wh for
the usual h. With the Whanganui
Tribe, and some of their neighbours,
h is almost entirely wanting, its
place being often marked by a break
in the word. S of other Polynesian
dialects is generally represented by
h in New Zealand, and f very fre-
quently so.
Hā. 1. n. Breath.
2. Taste, flavour, odour. I te kai-
nga a Toi, ka nanawe te reka ki
tona kaki, me te mau ano te ha o
te kakara ki te waha.
3. Sound, tone of voice. E ra-
ngona kautia ana te ha o te reo
4. Tenor of a speech. Mahue kau
te^ha o te korero a Maui haere ana
ia ki te mate. —■ Kia whakarongo
tonu mai koutou ki te ha o taku
kupu atu ki a koutou.

5. v.t. Taste. Ha ana te waha
i taua kai (Ha. 19).
6. v.i. Breathe. E mate au, mau
e ha to waha ki taku taringa maui
(W. iv, 90).
7. Hesitate in speaking. Ha noa
te waha o te tangata ra, e !
whakahā, v.i. Breathe, emit breath.
hāhā. 1. a. Savoury, luscious. Ka
kitea e ia te wai ka unu ia, ka ki,
Hāhā marika te reka o te wai
2. Desolate, deserted. Haha te whe-
nua, kahore he tangata.
3. Leaning, inclined. Kia haha
nga tara o te whare. || Tah. haha.
4. v.i. Catch the breath, breathe
with difficulty.
5. v.t. Warn off by shouting.
Ka hāhāria mai e te katoa (T. 51).
whakahāhā, v.i. 1. Utter inarticulate
sounds. Ka whakahāhā noa iho i te
2. Murmur, as the sea. Ka whaka-
haha mai te tai i waho, he aio; ka
whakatapotu te tai, he tohu hau.
Ha (i), int. What 1 varying in signi-
fication according to the tone in
which it is uttered. Ha ! he matau
ano ra taku (T. 21). Ha ! i haere
mai nei hoki au ki te kawe wai
mau (T. 169).
Ha (ii), ad. Then, so. Ka rongo ha
ki a Kiki (T. 172). E kore ha e
marere mai (T. 186). He mate
kai ha ne, i hoki wawe ai koutou ?
(T. 194).
Hae, hahae. 1. v.t. Slit, lacerate, tear,
cut. Haea mai ra ki te mere tuatini
(M. 34). To mata i haea ki te uhi
matarau (M. 28).
2. Cherish envy, jealousy, or ill
feeling. He whakatauki na Tu-
whenuakura, " Ahakoa kai tahi, tera
a roto te hahae ke ra ” (P.). He
aha koe ka hae nei ki te utu o
tera tangata ?
3. Cause pain. Aha kei taku ate
e hahae nei he mamae ra (M. 419).
Kaore hoki e te pawera e hahae nei
(M. cviii).
4. v.i. Split. Ka hae te wahine
i te kata (W. ii, 8).
5. Appear, shine, as stars before
dawn, or the dawn itself. Ka hahae
Matariki, e, Puanga, Tautoru (M.
401). Te ata ka haea i runga o
Tongariro (M. 153). No te taenga
ki Tapuae, ka hahae nga kawainga
o te ata.
6. Gleam, be conspicuous. Kia
toru nga ahua (colours'), kaore e
pai te rua, kaore e hae, ara kaore
e wana te titiro atu. (Nearly al-
ways so used of colours in com-
7. n. Fear, envy, dislike. Te'hia
ora o nga tangata noho i roto, i te
hae mai o te ngarara nei.
8. Pollen of flowers.
haehae. 1. v.t. Lacerate. He tsingi
haehae, a wailing in which the
mourners gashed themselves.
2. Cut up. Tahuri, haehaea te
ika nei (T. 152).
3. Tear. He ika haehae kupênga
(T. 200).
4. n. Parallel grooves between
lines of dog-tooth pattern in carv-
whakahaehae. 1. v.t. Lacerate.
2. n. Offensive object or person,
goblin. Romia atu te whakahaehae
na (Choke that objectionable person).
3. Glow at dawn.
Haeata, n. 1. Dawn. Ra te haeata
ka hapainga mai (M. 122). || hae, 5.
2. Bright arch in the horizon when
the sky is overcast.
3. Beam of light, entering any dark
place. Kei puta mai hoki te haeata
o te awatea ki roto i te whare
(T. 13).
haeatatanga, n. Opening, chink,
through which a beam of light comes.
Ka titiro atu i te haeatatanga o te
whatitoka (T. 13).
Haehae. || hae.
Haekaro, n. Pittosporum umbellatum ;
a small tree.
Haemanga, n. Streamlet. E huna
ana i roto i nga haemanga . o nga
hukitau o nga wai (J. xx, 24).
Haemata. 1. v.t. Cut up in an un-
cooked state. Ka patua nga kuri
e rua, kotahi i taona, kotahi i
haematatia (T. 112).
2. a. Strong-growing. Ka riro i
a ia taku totara haemata (M. 341 ;
J. xiii, 21).
Haeoratu, a. High-pitched, of a roof.
Haepapa. 1. a. Straight, . correct; E
hoa ! Katahi ano ka haepapa nga
korero o nehera e whakaaturia nei
e au ki a koe.—Kua haepapa te
korero, kua rite (All the speakers
agreed thoroughly).—Kia hinga hae-
papa (Let it fall straight, in. di-
rection required).

2. v.t. Eradicate, annihilate. Ko
te haepapatanga tenei o nga tangata
o Hauraki, . . . na reira te whaka-
tauki nei ..." Ka haepapa te
whenua.” Ko nga tangata nana te
kainga kua kore (W. iv, 44).
Haeparangi, v.i. Pass at a distance,
remain distant.
Haere (i). 1. v.i. Come, go, depart.
Ka haere raua ki roto ki te whare
(T. 43). Ka haere mai a Aotea ki
te ra huru (T. 112). Ka haere
atu te kai-titiro (T. 142). Haere
mai! Welcome! Haere mai ra, e te
manuhiri tuarangi (T. 148). Haere
ra! Farewell! (said to the person
going). Ka whaia ratou e te tangata
whenua . . . poroporoaki ai, “ Haere
ra, haere ra, hoki atu ra ki tou
kainga” (T. 170). <
2. Become. Ka haere/ ka momo-
hangatia te manu (Birds are becoming
3. Be diffused. Tena rawa te tiere
te haere na, ara, te kakara o te ta-
whiri (T. 193).
4. With words denoting number,
size, &c., to indicate progressive
change. I reira ka nui haere te
maramatanga (Thereupon the light
increased) (M. v). Ka hoki haere
te pupuhitanga o tona poho (The
distention of her stomach decreased)
(W. i, 101). Koia ka maha haere
ai ona hihi (So his beams were
multiplied) (T. 29). So also with
kake, piki, heke, iti.
5. Adverbially. Ko te kumara ka
horo haere i te huarahi (The ku-
maras kept falling on the path as he
went) (T. 136). Ka titiro haere i
nga kainga katoa (He searched all
the villages as he went) (T. 184).
6. n. Travelling party. Kia rahi
te haere, kei mahue tetahi (T. 189).
haerea, pass. Be gone over or for. Te
whenua e haerea ana e Te Ponga
ma (The ground which was being
traversed by Te Ponga and his party)
(T. 171). Koia tenei ko te tangata
e haerea nei e taua (So this is the
man on account of whom we have
come) (T. 147).
whakahaere, v.t. 1. Cause to go.
2. Carry about. Kei te whaka-
haere a Puru i tana tamaiti.
3. Conduct, lead.
4. Conduct any business, execute.
Ka whakatika nga rangatira ki
runga ki te korero i te maia, i te
ata whakahaere (T. 150). So whaka-
haere tikanga, direct, sziperintend,
5. Search for, explore, go about to
examine. Apopo matou haere ai
ki te whakahaere kiekie.
hāereere, v.i. Stroll, wander about. Ki
te put a atu te tangata o te iwi ke ki
te haereere i taua ara (T. 156).
whakahaereere, v.t. Conduct, lead about.
Mana pea koe e whakahaereere atu
nga whanga e rau o Tauranga (M. 63).
Haere (ii), n. A spirit supposed to
reside in fragmentary rainbows on
detached clouds. || Wai. 21, 26.
Haeroa, a. ----- Ka keria te rua
haeroa, te rua o te ngana (T. 86).
The rua haeroa was a hole dug in the
ground in connexion with incanta-
tions against one’s enemies ; called
also rua tūpō.
Haetara. ---- Taku kaka haetara, i
te iwi ra ia (M. 124).
Hāhā. || hā.
Haha, v.t. 1. Seek, look for. Kei te
haha te tuakana o te wahine nei
(T. 139). E haha ana au ki taku
2. Search. Ka haha a Tutanekai
i nga pareparenga o te waiariki
(T. 133)-
3. Enquire about. Ko te haha ra
a te tangata ki a Paoa (T. 190).
4. Procure. I haria mai taua here
e raua hei haha kai ma raua (T. 137).
Hahae. || hae.
Hahaka. || haka (i).
Hahake. || hake (iii).
Hāhāki. -----
whakahahaki, v.t. Point out, indicate.
Ka mauria mai nga tapatahi inanga
ma tona hungawai, ma Kahu, hei
whakahahaki, kia mohio ai ia he
kai kei roto i taua moana.
Hahana. || hana.
Hahani. || hani.
Hahao. || hao.
Hahari. )| hari.
Hāhau. || hau (ii).
Hahau. || hau (vii).
Hahohaho, a. 1. Disarranged, dis-
ordered, rumpled.
2. Slimy.
Hahore, a. 1. Barren, of land.
2. Bare, without branches (J. iii, 27).
Hahu, v.t. 1. Disinter the bones of
the dead before removing them to
their final resting-place. Ma wai e
hahu te tupapaku ?

2. Search for. A hahu noa ana ia
i tetahi kai ma tonapuku. || hāhau.
3. Scatter. || tihahuhahu.
Hai (i), n. The name of the prin-
cipal stone in the game of ruru
(Tr. xxxiv, 67).
Hai (ii), a poetical expletive used
at the end of a line. Ka tere te
waka, hai (M. 378). Te marama i
whanake aku tama, hai (M. 375).
Hai (iii) = hei (i), prep. Ko wai hai
titiro ? (M. 50). Ka tu au hai rahui
tapu ki te whana (M. 417).
*Hai (poetical) = kihai, ad. Not. ’Hai
koe i awaiho (M. xcvii). ’Hai koe i
whangaia (M. xcviii).
Haihunga = hauhunga, n. Frost.
Haitutu, a. Close, oppressive, of atmo-
Hāka, n. Erigeron canadensis, Ameri-
can groundsel. (Mod.)
Hakā = hekē, int. expressing surprise,
complaint, admiration, &c.
Haka (i). 1. v.i. Dance. Kameaatu
•taua hunga, “ E haka ! ” (T. 65).
2. Sing a song to be accompanied
with a dance. Katahi ka haka e
ratou, koia tenei ta ratou haka
(T. 37).
3. n. Dance. E tu ana te haka,
he tohu whenua rangatira te haka
(T. 188). Te haka a Tane-rore, the
quivering of the air on a hot day.
4. Song, accompanying a dance.
Ka ai he oneone mahi kai ma te
wahine tito haka (M. 413).
hahaka, frequentative of haka. Au
ka titoi, au ka hahaka (M. 359).
He hahaka nou, he ruhi nou i te
pukanatanga (W. iv, 119).
Haka (ii), a. Deformed. Turi haka, or
wae haka, bow-legged. || hake.
whakahaka, v.t. Lower. Whaka-
haka te rangi i runga nei ko te po
kua tupu (W. iii, 95).
hakahaka, a. 1. Short in stature, low.
He maunga hakahaka. — Tiketike
ngahuru, hakahaka raumati (P.).
2. Taku manu hakahaka ki
tua o Papau ra (W.M. ix, 6).
whakahakahaka. 1. v.i. Descend. Ka
whakahakahaka iho nga manu ra,
ka piki ano ki runga nga manu ra.
2. v.t. Threaten.
Hakakao, n. Limosa nova-zealandice,
southern godwit. = kuaka.
Hākari. 1. n. Gift, present.
2. Entertainment, feast. Ka tukua
te hakari a nga iwi a Tuhuke
(W. v, 23).
3. High wooden framework on
which food was placed at a feast
(Tr. xiii, 13).
4. Roe of a fish.
5. Yolk of an egg.
6. Paphia intermedia and Dosinia
subrosea ; bivalve molluscs.
7. v.t. Adorn, dress the hair.
Kia hakaritia te mahunga, katahi
ka tau tena ingoa Te Koukou.—
Katahi ka tahuri te tangata ra, a
Kahu, ki te hakari i tana tamahine.
whakahakari, v.i. Become roe. Koia
ano tenei e whakahakari nei i roto
i te mango (T. 34).
Hākaro, v.t. Hollow. Kua hakaroa
te riu o te waka. || tikaro.
Hakatea. —---- Hei hakatea noa iara
(M. 299).
Hākawa, n. Silly person, fool.
Hake (i), a. Humped, crooked. He
hake te tuara o te tamaiti. — E
tama, whakarerea te rakau na, he
hake. #
Hake (ii), n. Wooden bowl or trough.
hakehake, n. A vessel made by cut-
ting a gourd; not so large as para-
Hake (iii). --
hahake, a. Naked.
whakahahake. 1. v.t. Pull the clothes ,
off. Nga tikanga taua a te Maori
whakahahake tangata nei (W.M. x,
200). Ka mate te matua ka whaka-
hahaketia. . . . Ka mutu te whaka-
hahake, ka whakapepeketia nga wae-
wae. (Describing the treatment of
a corpse.)
2. v.i. Stand naked.
Hakehakeā, a. Facing one, opposite.
Mano ki Hawaiki, ka tu hakehakea.
|| hakehake.
Hakeka = keka, hakeke, n. Hirneola
polytricha ; a fungus,
hākekakeka, n. 1. = hakeka.
2. A brown, slimy, moss - like
growth in stagnant or slow-running
water. = kohuwai.
Hakeke, hākēkeke, n. 1. Hirneola
polytricha ; a fungus. He hakekeke
piri ki te karaka (M. 141). He hake-
keke pea, he harore pea (Mo. 44).
=hakeka, keka, and taringa 0 Tiaki-
2. Olearia Ilicifolia; a shrub.
3. Mutton-bird ; a large species of

Hākere. 1. a. Stingy.
2. v.t. Grudge, stint, appropriate
to oneself. Kia hou taketake to ringa
parapara, i hakerea ai te mano o te
whenua (M. 129).
hākerekere. 1. a. Gloomy, downcast.
Hakerekere ana te hinengaro.
2. Close-cropped, of hair.
3. n. Multitude. Kia kai te tini,
kia kai te mano, kia kai te hakere-
kere (K.).
Hāki, n. Ripple. Whakarongo te ta-
ringa nga tai e haki (S.).
Haki (i), int. expressing disgust, revil-
ing ; often used with ra. Haki ra,
te kino o tera kotiro.
Haki (ii). 1. a. Meek, of no account.
|| māhaki.
2. v.t. Cast away. Te tauaro
hakina ki waho ki te uraura o te ra.
|| kahaki.
Hakihaki, n. 1. Itch, skin-disease. No
reira te putake mai o te whewhe, o
» te hakihaki (J. xvi, 221). || mahaki.
2. Worn-out mat.
Hakihakiā, a. Worthless.
Haki-haratua, n. The twelfth lunar
month. = Haratua (ii).
Hakihea, n. The seventh lunar month.
Hakikau, n. Wing. Maro tonu ona
hakikau (M. 32). || pakikau.
Hākiki. 1. v.i. Be overbearing. Ka
hakiki noa te tangata nei.
2. a. Insulting, offensive. Paki
atu, e whae, aku rongo hakiki (M. 7).
3. Lazy. He pakihore ki te whatu
kahu mo te wahine, he hakurara ki
te hanga whare ki te mahi kai ki te
tarai waka; he hakiki tena.
Hakikoko, n. Shoulder-blade.
Hākinakina, v.i. Sport, enjoy oneself.
E Hoka, tukua iho taua nei ki raro
nei hakinakina ai (W. ii, 21).
Hakinono, n. A variety of kumara.
= nonomea.
Hakirara = hakurara. 1. a. Idling,
trifling, lying. Te waha hakirara !
2. v.t. Annoy, insult. A, muri
iho ka tahuri taua koroheke ki te
hakirara i a ia (Pi. 133, 11).
3. n. A light song, not a tangi
or tau (M., title).
Hakiri. 1. v.t. Hear indistinctly.
Kahore i hakiritia e au te reo o te
2. v.i. Be heard or felt indistinctly.
I hakiri ano i a au taua korero.—
Katahi ano ka rongo ki te hakiri ika
ki tana aho (T. 117).
hākirikiri, a. Vague. I rongo ha-
kirikiri au i eke mai a Ruauru i
runga i tera waka, i a Mata-atua.
Hakituri = hakuturi.
. Hākiwakiwa, a. Dark, threatening, of
Hako.(i), n. Anything used as a scoop
or shovel. || hango.
hakohako, a. Heaped up. Taki hako-
hako nga kete ka kohure. (R.)
Hako (ii), a. Straight, erect. (| Sa.,
Fu., To., sako, hako.
whakahako, v.i. Bedeck oneself. Kai
te whakahako a Puna.—He whaka-
hako no tona tu, he pai tona tikanga.
hakohako, a. Direct, unswerving, of
even flight of birds, &c.
Hākoakoa (i), a. Happy. || koa.
Hākoakoa (ii) = hakuakua, n. 1. Shear-
water, Puffinus gavia, and other spp.
2. Megalestris antarctica, sea-hawk.
I nga pari ra, i nga piringa hakoakoa
(M. 108).
Hākoke. 1. a. Vagrant, wandering.
He tangata hakoke.
2. v.i. Wander. Kei whea ranei
a Mari e hakoke ana ? || pakoke.
Hakoke, n. Sceloglaux albifacies, laugh-
ing-owl. Me te pari hakoke, said of
a steep or stony cultivation (Tr. xli,
Hakoko. 1. a. Bent, concave, curved.
Ka hakoko te ringa o te tangata
ra i tona mate.—Taranaki waewae
hakoko (P.). (A saying applied to
the Taranaki Tribe on account of
their practice of witchcraft.)
2. n. Cramp.
3. Mutton-bird ; a large species of
Hakorā, n. Larus dominicanus, red-
billed gull.
Hakono, n. Cleft in a rock.
Hakorea, a. 1. Indolent, lazy.
2. Unskilful. He hakorea ra au
nei, kaore au e mohio ki te raranga
Hākorekore = whakorekore. || kore (i).
Hakori, v.i. Be seen or understood.
= whekori.
Hakoro, n. 1. Old man.
2. Father. Kahore ia i matau ko
tona hakoro ia (Tr. vii, 34).
3. Parent. Ka korero nga tama-
riki kia patua a ratou hakoro (Tr.
â„¢. 33)-
Hakorukoru, n. Wrinkle.
hakorukorutia, pass. Wrinkled. Kua
hakorukorutia a Pinohi.

Haku (i). 1. v.t. Complain of, find
fault with. Te ai e tatou te haku
ki tona matenga.— E kui ma nei,
auraka au e hakua. — He po taua,
tena e hoki kei tua o Manuka, i
hakua hei aha te uri o Te Tahiwi ?
(M. 227).
2. n. Cold, colic.
hakuhaku. 1. v.t. Grumble at, annoy.
E kauaka ra nge au nei e hakuhakua
(M. 140). Ka whakaae atu matou, e
pai ana korua ko to tuahine, kaore
a matou hakuhaku atu.
2. a. Mouldy, rotten.
Haku (ii), n. 1. Seriola lalandii, king-
fish. Kitea he ānga na te haku (P.).
2. Chief. Koia nga haku, koia ki
te rangi, koia ki te kapua. || J. ix,
Hakuhakutai, v.i. Act in a lazy, slo-
venly manner. Kua hakuhakutai
tera tangata.
Hakuai = hokioi, hakuwai, n. Ka tu-
kua iho e Tamaiwaho te hakuai hei
whakaoho i a Tawhaki.
Hakuakua. || hakoakoa (ii).
Hākui, n. 1. Old woman.
2. Mother. Ka hoki mai a Tane,
ka tae mai ki te kainga o tona
hakui (Tr. vii, 36).
Hākuikui, n. A sea-bird. Koia te ha-
kuikui, koia te hakaokoa. ? = kuia.
Hākuku. 1. v.t. Scrape. Hakukua
te korari nei. || harakuku, tuakuku.
2. n. Scrapings of flax.
*Hakune, v.i. Be deliberate, be careful.
Hakune marie ai, kaore e hohoro.
whakahakune, v.i. Linger. Me ko hea
to whare i whakahakune ai ? (M.
Hakurā, n. 1. Mesoplodon spp., Scam-
perdown whale. I te tohora, i te
hakura, i te upokohue (W. iii, 25).
2. Oligorus gigas ; a fish ; a large
hapuku. Ka makaia mai ko nga
ika pakupaku .ma ratou, katahi ka
murua nga hakura o nga waka.
Hakurara = hakirara, a. Slovenly, lazy.
He hakurara ia ki te hanga whare.
Hākure = whakure, v.t. 1. Catch lice.
Ko te wahine a Toi e hakure kutu
2. Search the head for lice. Ka ki
atu a Maui, “ Hakurea toku upoko ”
(Tr. vii, 40). Ka ki atu a Tinirau
kia Hine-te-iwaiwa, “ Hakuretia ake
taku upoko ” (W. ii, 130).
Hakurea, a. Lazy.
Hakuturi = hakituri, n. 1. A term ap-
plied to birds in the expression Te
tini 0 te Hakuturi (T. 55).
2. A figurative expression for an
old man.
Hākuwai = hakuai, hokioi, n. An ex-
tinct bird, heard at night. Ka piki
ano taua manu ka karanga ano a
Hakuwai, " Hakuwai, Hakuwai, hu ”
(W. i, 116).
Hāmā, a. 1. Faded.
2. Light-coloured. || mā.
Hama, v.i. Be consumed. Kua hama
te kai i te poaka.
Hāmama. 1. a. Open, gaping. Ko
te taniwha, kua hamama haere mai
te waha (T. 151). Pae tahi ha-
mama te rakau nei {This tree is
more than one fathom in circum-
ference ; lit., one fathom gaping—the
fathom being measured by the ex-
tended arms). Hamama tou waha
(Open your mouth).
2. Vacant, exempt. Kei hea te
wahi o te ao i hamama i te raru ?
3. v.i. Shout. I reira ka hamama
te waha o te kuia raka ki te ki atu
ki a ia (T. 165).
hāmamamama, v.i. Yawn.
Hamanga = hemanga, a. Not full.
He hamanga te kete.
Hāmaremare, v.i. Have a slight cough.
|| maremare.
Hamaruru. 1. a. Shut in, confined.
I ahua kino te tunga o te whare
nei i Takopa, he hamaruru.
2. Projecting, sticking out.
3. n. Crutch of a ko, or digging
Hāmeme, v.i. 1. Mutter. E ha-
meme ana te turoro.
2. Murmur, grumble.
Hamero. -----
whakahamero, v.i. Make grimaces.
Hamiti == hamuti.
Hamo, n. 1. A variety of kumara.
2. Back of head. Kēkē kau ana
te parera, e rua o kanohi, timo ana
i to hamo, pao ana i to rae. = ko-
hamo. Hamo pango, black head (i.e.,
head turned in flight), coward.
Hāmoamoa, n. 1. Clay.
2. Small spherical stones con-
sisting of iron-pyrites, which were
used as bullets by Maoris in the war
of 1865.

Hāmoemoe. 1. a. Sleepy.
2. v.i. Doze. He hamoemoe noa
i te ra (W.M. viii, 12).
Hāmoko, n. Bundles of raupo form-
ing the walls of a Maori building.
Hāmonemone = hamoremore.
Hamore, a. Cropped, shorn, bare.
hamoremore, a. Bare of branches,
smooth-barrelled, of a tree.
Hamu, v.t. Gather things that are
thinly scattered, glean. Ka onge-
onge nga kai ka hamu ai i nga puka.
—Ka ori i te whare ki te hamu
rarauhe (S. 47).
hamuhamu, v.i. Eat scraps of food. Ka
hemo i te kai, ka haere ki nga pae
o nga umu ra, hamuhamu ai (Pi.
135, 3)-
Hāmua, n. 1. A variety of native rat
seldom eaten : its cry, kato, was an
ill omen. Mo matou i noho me he
hamua kiore i Maupaki (W. v, 116).
2. Elder brother or sister. Ko te
whenua i poroporoakina e to tupuna
ki a maua ko toku hamua. = tua-
Hamumu, v.i. Speak. Kihai hoki i
hamumu atu te wahine ra (T. 164).
hāmumumumu, v.i. Mutter, make an
indistinct sound. Te mea e ha-
mumumumu nei, me te waha ta-
Hamurara. ----- Te hamurara ra noa
i uta ra (K.).
Hāmure. 1. v.i. Do anything a little
cd a time, dawdle.
2. a. Dilatory.
3. v.t. Catch vermin in the hair.
(Ngi.) =hapaki, hakure.
Hamuti, n. 1. Human excrement.
2. Privy. He poporo tu ki te ha-
muti (P. 25).
Hana, hahana. 1. v.i. Shine, glow,
give forth heat. Kua mate a Wai-
kare, ina hoki te hahana o te kanohi
o te tangata nei (Wai. 44).
2. n. Flame, gleam, glow. Tineia
te mura, tineia te hana (K.).
3. A garment of dressed flax
smeared with red ochre. E kore
ranei a Te Mui e whiwhi mai i tona
nei hana ? (M. 200).
whakahana, v.t. Hold up weapons,
&c., in defiance. Ka whakahana i
nga patu, me te pukana.
hanahana, n. 1. A cloak. = hana, 3.
2. Pudenda muliebria (T. 37).
Hane. 1 v.i. Be confounded, be si-
lenced, be put to shame. Kei hane
koe (M. 283).
2. a. Rotten. Tana whare koiwi,
koiwi ka hanea i te po (M. 248).
3. n. Water.
hanehane, n. Decay, rottenness. Anana,
ma te huhu, ma te popo, ma te hane-
hane (T. 5).
Hānea, n. 1. A small black mussel.
2. Nasturtium palustre ; a plant.
Hāneanea, a. Pleasant, comfortable. I
reira maua e haneanea ana i te ua.—
Ka kai, ka haneanea, ka ki te kopu.
Hānene, a. Blowing gently. I ata
hanene te haere mai o te hau ra.
= anene.
Hanepi, a. Confounded, dumb-
foundered. = hane.
Hani (i), a. A carved wooden weapon,
used mainly by chiefs. Katahi ano
te ringa o Whakatau ka kapo ki
tana rakau, ki te hani (W. ii, 148).
= maipi, taiaha.
Hani (ii), hahani, hanihani, v.t. Speak
ill of, disparage. Kati ra-te hanihani
1' tou hoa.—Aku rongo hanihani ka
puta i nga whenua (M. 204). No
tenei tau ka hua nga hanihani ki
runga ki a koe (W.M. xiii, 96). Na
ka rongo te wahine nei i tona hahani-
tanga, ka kohukohutia a Ngati-Awa.
Hani (iii), v.t. Graze, pass close by.
|| wani.
Hanikura, hanikura-patu, n. A small
bivalve shell-fish with a thin red
shell, a species of Tellina.
Hanina, n. A variety of taro.
Hanu, n. Oven. = hangi. || kaihanu.
Hanumi, v.i. Be merged qt swallowed «
up, be mixed.
whakahanumi, v.t. Mix, cause to be
swallowed up. || numi.
Hānga. || hā, 6.
Hanga. 1. v.t. Make, build. Heoi
ano nga tohunga nana i hauga nga
waka (T. 69). Kei te hanga i te
taiepa oneone (T. 19).
2. Fashion. Na toku tupuna au,
na Rongotakawiu i hanga ka whaka-
tupu tangata au (T. 57).
3. n. Work, fabric.
4. Business. He maha nga ka-
rakia mo te tarukenga, mo tenei
hanga mo te kanga (T. 89).
5. Practice, habit. Ko tana hanga
he korero tonu.
6. Thing, property. Tena ko te
hanga i wehingia nei ko nga tuatara
(T. 159). Ehara i te hanga, it is no
ordinary thing. (An expression of
admiration, &c.) Ehara i te hanga !

Harawiniwini ana te kiri i te matao-
kao. So, also, Kihai i hanga ake
tana wahine, he rangatira nui no
tenei whenua (T. 196). Hanga kino,
pudenda muliebria.
7. People. Hei whakawehi mo te
hanga i raro nei (M. 38). = hunga.
8. Head, of a tree.
hangahanga, a. 1. Frivolous, of no
account. Hua noa he hangahanga
noa nga korero a tera; kaore, he
tika tou ia.
2. Abundant, sufficient.
3. Short, low. Ka hangahanga te
tupu o te kapana. = hakahaka.
whakahangahanga, v.t. Handle gently.
He mea whakahangahanga noa; nana
noa i mate.
Hangai, a. 1. Opposite, confronting.
Kia hangai mai tou kanohi. — I
korerotia hangaitia ki a ia (It was
spoken to his face).
2. Across, at right angles, astride.
Hangai pu nga waewae. He toki
hangai, an adze. = he toki aronui.
|| Bui. iv, 18, 19, 20.
hangaitanga, n. Counterpart, equiva-
lent. Ko te hangaitanga o tana kupu
he pai.
Hanganoa. 1. a. Of no account.
2. n. Small basket for serving
cooked food, roughly made of wide
strips of green flax, hence its name.
|| hanga, noa.
Hangarau, v.t. Jest with, befool. He
aha tau i hangarau i a au ? (T. 18).
hangahangarau, frequentative. 1. v.t.
Continue to befool. E waiho ana koe
hei hangahangarau maku (M. 269).
2. a. Full of wiles. Maui hanga-
hangarau (M. 297).
Hangareka, v.i. or v.t. Jest, deceive.
He hangareka kau te mahi a tenei
Hangaroa, n. 1. Some kind of sea-
shells which were strung together
and worn as an ornament round the
neck, waist, or ankle. Ko etahi
taonga ano o te Maori he tiki ki te
kaki; he kuru, he kapeu ki nga
taringa ; he hangaroa ki nga wae-
wae ; me te tu hangaroa ano ki te
hope ; me te maro waero ano.
2. Also applied to ornamented belts
or anklets of other materials.
Hangariki, a. Small. = matariki.
Hangaruru, n. Forest land, dense brush-
wood. || hamaruru, ngaruru.
Hangatītī, v.t. Tease.
Hangehange (i), intensive ad. used
with maroke: maroke hangehange,
very dry, quite dry. Maroke hange-
hange te waka i runga i te kowhatu.
Hangehange (ii), n. 1. Geniostoma Ligus-
trifolium; ashrub. = hengahenga,
2. Eltzocarpus dentatus; a tree.
= hinau.
Hāngengangenga, a. Loose, flapping.
Kaore e herea kia tino mau, engari
kia hangengangenga noa iho.
Hangenge (i), a. Powerless, weak.
= ngenge.
Hangenge (ii), n. Hemiramphus inter-
medius, garfish. = takeke, ihe.
Hangere. 1. a. Half-full. He hangere
tenei kete. || tangere, takere.
2. n. Deep pool in a stream.
Hāngi, n. 1. Native oven, consisting
of a circular hole in the ground, in
which the food was cooked by heated
stones. Ka tahuna te hangi tapu,
ka ngiha (T. 172).
2. Contents of the oven. Koia a
Tamure i mea ai ma tana kotiro e
kai taua hangi (T. 173).
3. Scarf, cut, or dip made in fell-
ing a tree. = umu.
Hangina, a. Ulcerated. He hangina
te u o te wahine nei.
Hango, n. Shovel. = hako (i).
hangohango. 1. n. An implement for
digging, and for setting potatoes, &c.
2. v.t. Dig or plant with a hango-
hango. Kei te hangohango riwai
nga tangata o tenei kainga.
Hāngoangoa, n. A plant.
Hangongi, a. Unripe.
Hangore, a. 1. Flexible, yielding, not
firmly fixed. Hangore ana nga niho
o te hakui nei. || ngore.
2. More than half full. E hangore
ana te kete i te kumara.
Hangoro, hāngorongoro, a. Slack, loose.
Hangoro noa taku pikau. [| korokoro.
Hāngorungoru, a. Hanging in folds,
wrinkled. || korukoru.
Hāngū (i), a. Dumb, quiet, not talk-
ative. He wahine hangu.—E kore
taku tane a Ponga raua ko tana
iwi e noho hangu, ka whai kupu
ano ratou (W. iv, 47). || wahangu.
Hāngū (ii), hāngungu, v.t. Scrape
strips of flax (as hukahuka) with a
shell, to make it softer, more pliable,
but not so as to disengage the fibre.
He mea hangungu te harakeke ki te
kuku, a ka raranga.—Kai te hāngū
harakeke a Makurata. || hākuku.

Hanguru, a. Rumble, grumble.
hāngurunguru, n. Grumbling. Kua
taka mai te wa hei whakamahue-
tanga mo nga hangurunguru, mo nga
whakangaungau (W.M. ii, 2).
Hangutu, n. Labia.
Hao. 1. v.t. Draw a net, &c., round
anything. He hokinga mai no nga
waka o tona iwi i te hao kupenga
ika (T. 141). || whao, kowhao.
2. Catch in a net, enclose. Kei te
hao inanga, kei te rou kakahi hei
o ki te taiapu (T. 157). Haoa koe
te kupenga (M. 369). Ka pu te
ruha, ka hao te rangatahi (P.).
3. Make a clean sweep of any-
thing. Tawhiti hao, a rat-trap hav-
ing several entrances.
4. Capture a fortress.
5. Grasp greedily.
6. Be eager for, consider carefully.
Kia ngata ai to puku, e hao nei ki
te riri (M. 14).
7. Steer to starboard a canoe : the
opposite to tirau.
8. n. Net. Hao-o-Rua, a con-
stellation near Orion. Ko taua ku-
penga kai te takiwa o Te Kakau ma.
Ko te ingoa o taua kupenga ko te
Hao-o-Rua. (Te Kakau is Orion’s
9. Basket. Tu pupu, tu ngaro;
tu hao, tu ea (A portion [of food]
in a little bundle is a portion lost,
a portion in a basket is a portion
to be repaid} (P.). Katahi ano ka
ruku, ka mahi te tangata ra, a ka
ki te hao.
10. A curved kind of mutu kaka,
or parrot-snare. Waewae hao, bandy-
11. Mud-eel. = putu.
whakahao. 1. v.t. Use as a net.
* Kupenga taratara i whakahaoa iho.
2. n. Arctocephalus hookeri, sea-
lion. Te hoa kakari o Te Wera, he
whakahao (P.; Ika ii, 605).
hahao, a. Hollow.
haohao, n. 1. Small basket for seed
2. Defamation. Kaore te korero
kino, te haohao nunui (M. 204).
Hapa (i). 1. v.i. Be passed over in the
apportionment of anything. Koia
nei te whakatauki mo Paeko i nga
wa e hapa ai te tangata i te hakari
(W. v, 23).
2. Be in need of anything.
3. a. Gone by. Ka hapa koe ki
Ruatahuna ka puta mai nga puka-
puka mou.
whakahapa, v.t. Leave destitute or neg-
Hapa (ii), a. Crooked. || tahapa.
Hāpai. 1. v.t. Lift up, raise. Hapai-
nga, hapainga, kia tarewa ki runga
(T. 142)-
2. Take up, carry. E koro, haere
mai ki te hapai atu i nga toki nei
(T. 51).
3. Begin a song, charm, &c. Ka
hapai ake i tana hiki ake mo tana
ika kia maiangi ake (T. 22).
4. In the pass., hapainga. Set out
on a journey—i.e., loads are taken up.
Huaki kau te ata, ka hapainga mai
(T. 157). So used as a v.i. : Ka
hapainga taua ope (W. iv, 41).
5. v.i. Rise of heavenly bodies.
Ka hapai nga kawainga o te ata.
6. Dawn. Ra te haeata hapai
ana mai (M. 122).
7. n. Leading party, advance guard.
8. Dawn, morning. Tutohu ahi-
ahi, whakarere hapai (Accept at night,
refect in the morning} (P.).
hapahapai, frequentative, v.t. Lift
often. Tena e te hanga e, nga ringa
hei hapahapai atu mou i a Rangi-
maro, e (M. 332).
Hāpai-tu, v.t. Make a clearing by re-
moving all timber, not leaving it to
be burned. Ko taua wahi he hapai -
tu na nehera.
Hāpaki, v.t. Catch lice. Hapaki ana
te taokete i nga kutu o Maui (T. 26).
Hāpapa, n. Heap of stones.
Hāpara. 1. v.t. Slit, cut. Na Rehua
i hapara te whare.—I haparaia tonu-
tia tona waewae.
2. v.i. Dawn. Ka hapara te ata.
3. n. Spade. (Mod.) More re-
cently also used as a transliteration
for shovel.
4. Dawn. Tutohu ahiahi, whaka-
rere hapara (P.). E muri ahiahi
whanake te hapara (S.).
hāparapara, v.t. Cut, sever. Herehere
kau ana te taura ki a. koutou, kihai
i haparapara, kia kai atu Tahuna
(M. 228).
Hāparangi. 1. v.i. Shout, bawl. Ka
haparangi te waha o te tamariki.
2. v.t. Cut open. He ika ka toe-
toea, he ika ka haparangitia (J. ix,
Hāparu, v.t. Make common, desecrate.
Ka haparua aku mea e koe.

Hape, a. 1. Crooked. I mohiotia ki
te hape o te waewae (T. 113).
2. Beside the point. Kahore i hape
o korero ; kei te tika o korero.
Hapī, n. Native oven or cooking-pit.
= hāngi, hopī, tapī. Hapī-tawa,
name of a game played by children.
Hāpiapia, a. Sticky, clammy. || pia.
Hapine, v.t. Scrape flax. = hārō.
Hapiro, n. Violation of tapu by eat-
ing at a sacred place. He aha koe
i mate ai ? He hapiro.
Hapoki, hapoko, n. Covered pit for
storing kumara or potatoes. Kia
rupeke te kai ki te hapoko (T. 189).
Hāpopo, n. Corpse of an enemy, gene-
rally intended to be eaten.
Hapori, n. Section of a tribe, family.
II port
Hāporo, v.t. Cut off. Haporoa te ra-
kau ki konei. Kai haporo, eat greedily.
Hapū. 1. a. Pregnant. Ka kitea te
haputanga o Rangiuru (T. 128).
2. Conceived in the womb. Akua-
nei whakapaea ai na Hotunui i
tahae; na e hapu ana a Maru-
tuahu (T. 136).
3. n. Section of a large tribe, clan,
secondary tribe. Wehea ake etehi,
he hapu ano, he hapu ano, ko te
hapu i a Tu-te-wanawana i noho i
uta, ko te hapu i a Punga, i haere
ki te wai (T. 5). || pu.
4. Species of shark (prized as food).
Hāpua. 1. a Hollow like a valley,
depressed. Hoake tatou ki te wahi
e hapua mai ra.
2. n. Pool, lagoon. Ko Muriwai-
o-hata te hapua i huna ai a Tuna i a
ia (W. ii, 76). Hapua koko, assem-
bling-place of koko, or tui.
|| hopua, kopua.
Hapui, a. Betrothed. || puhi.
Hāpuku. 1. n. Oligorus gigas, groper ;
a fish. Kawea ki te tai, ki te moana,
ki te huti hapuku (M. 285). = wha-
puku, kapua, moeone.
2. Larva of Cicindela tuberculata.
3. v.t. Cram food into the mbuth.
Katahi ka tahuri ki te kai i nga
manga e tere ana i te wai, ka ha-
pukutia ki tona waha.
hāpukupuku, n. Young kahawai; a
fish. = koria.
Hāpūpū, a. Blunt. He toki onewa,
hapupu marire ; kapatau he mata
toki pounamu, e tu te tatai o te
whakairo (P.).
Hapuru, v.i. Thud, fall heavily.
Haputa, n. Forefront of battle, thick
of the fight. Kihai rawa i kitea
te mata o Tamareia ki roto ki te
haputa o te riri. || puta.
Hara (i). 1. v.i. Violate tapu, in-
tentionally or otherwise. Kia kite
te marea i oku haranga, he ika ka
koharatia i, i (W. v, 164).
2. n. Sin, offence. Kei au ranei to
hara, i komuhua mai nei taua (M. 49).
Hara (ii), n. Excess above a round
number. Kotahi ran, e iwa nga hara.
harahara, n. Abundance. He hara-
hara wai nga kanohi (P. 103).
whakahara, whakaharahara, a. Large.
Mo te whare nui whakaharahara
(M. 373). He mea whakama whaka-
harahara tana kupu (P. 106).
Hara (iii), V.i. 1. Miss, make a false
2. Come short of. Kahore he hara-
nga o Rewa i a Tiki.
harahara. 1. v.i. Be diminished, be-
come less. Ka harahara nga kai i
roto i te rua. || taharahara.
2. ----- Harahara aitu, harahara
a tai (M. 40, 114) ; explained by a
Maori as, “ E wehea ana a uta a tai.”
whakaharahara, v.t. Cause to be di-
minished, lessen. Kia whakahara-
harangia te wai o te poti.
Hara (iv), n. Scolopendra sp.; large
Hara (v), n. A stick bent at the top,
used as a sign that a chief had died
at the place. Ka oti enei te mahi,
e hanga ana te hara, he mea koro-
piko a runga o nga rakau ; ko te
take o te hara, hei tohu mo te ranga-
tira, ka hanga ki te taha o te ara
hei tirohanga ma te tangata.
’Hara (poetical) = ehara. 'Hara koe
te tane, he puhi koe naku (M.M. 30).
Harakeke, n. 1. The general name for
New.Zealand flax (Phormium tenax),
of which there were many named
varieties. Kei te tapahi i te hara-
keke, kei te ta kupenga (T. 7).
2. Flax-plant. Tu ana a Rata i
tua o te harakeke (T. 56).
Haraki, a. Preposterous, extraordinary.
He haraki koe ki te kuhu i te ma-
rangai. || waraki.
hārakiraki, n. Inconstancy, erratic dis-
position. || kahurakiraki, harekereke.
Harakoa, n. Dancing and other amuse-
ments. I te mutunga o te kai, me
te harakoa, me nga whaikorero.—
Naku koe i tuku atu i te mata raha-
raha, i te rehia, i te harakoa (M. 352).

Harakuku, v.t. Scrape. Harakuku-
tia nga harakeke. = hakuku.
2. Scratch with the finger-nail, an
indication of amorous advances. Hei
aha koa au ka harakuku (S.). || hara-
Haramai. 1. v.i. Come, arrive: Ka
haramai roimata, ka maringi, e
(M. 377). Ko to wairua i haramai
(M. 7).
2. n. Arrival. Me te patai i te
putake o tona haramai, ko ia anake
(J. xx, 21).
3. As a shout of welcome, Hara-
mai ! Haramai I
4. Set out. Ka kiia e ia, “ Kati,
ko au a^ake e haere.” Ka haramai
ia, ko ia anake (J. xx, 19).
haramaitia, pass. Be come for. Te
korero i haramaitia nei e ia {The re-
port on account of which he came).
haramaitanga, n. Arrival, coming. E
titiro atu ana ki te haramaitanga o
te tonga parawera (M. 159).
Note.—Neither the simple hara
nor the form haraatu seems to be
in use ; the use of pass, and v.n.
as above establish the form as a
single word.
Haramaikuku, v.t. Scratch with the
finger-nail (an amorous advance).
Kati nei ki ahau ko te haramaikuku
ki whakangotoa iho ki te kiri mau
ai (S.). || harakuku, raraku.
Hāramuramu, ad. Out of the regular
order, in an informal way {oi taking
food only). Katahi ka kai haramu-
ramu etahi o nga rangatira ka kitea
he matika i roto, he koi to mata.
= koramuramu.
Haranu, a. Turbid. Ka haranu atu
te wai. || wheranu.
Hārangi, a. 1. Unsettled. || arangi.
2. Foolish, silly. Ka harangi noa
iho ona mahara. || haurangi.
whakahārangi, v.t. Disturb, unsettle.
whakahārangirangi, v.t. Annoy.
Harangote, v.t. Nibble. E harangote
ana te ika.
harangotengote, v.t. Do piecemeal or
by instalments. E kore e tika te utu
me harangotengote.
Harapaki. 1. n. Steep slope, as the
side of a hill.
2. Ornamental reed-work inside a
whare. = tukutuku.
3. v.i. Join battle. Homai taku
maro, kia hurua, kia rawea, kia
harapaki maua ko te toa e haramai
nei (M. 221).
4. v.t. Crack vermin with the nails.
= hapaki.
Harapuka. 1. v.i. Grieve, sigh. Tenei
au, e, te harapuka noa nei (M. 23).
2. a. Perplexed, uncertain. Hara-
puka noa, harapuka noa, kei hea
he ara.
Harare, n. 1. Red membrane on inside
of the eyelid. Ka hararetia nga
whatu {His eyelids were1 turned in-
side out). Applied also to blear eyes :
Ka harare nga karu.
2. Red sealing-wax. (Mod.)
Harareke = harakeke, n. Phormium
tenax. Kotia mai etahi harareke
(W. i, 125).
Haratau, a. 1. Convenient, suitable, ap-
proved. Te mea noa ano ka haratau
marire ki te whakaaro a te wahine
(T. 167).
2. Dexterous. Ka haratau ki te
whakaharatau, v.t. Practise, acquire
Hārato, v.i. Feel uneasy.
Haratua(i). 1. v.t. Dress timber longi-
tudinally with an adze. Nau te waka
nei i haratua, i tamaku. — Whaka-
rongo te taringa ki te tarawete mai
a te toki haratuatua e tititi.
2. Cut, gash. E pai ana, e whae,
he haratua kiri (M. 176).
3. n. Cutting-instrument. Tu mai,
e pou, hikoia te haratua (M. 176).
Haratua (ii), n. The twelfth month of
the Maori year; corresponds approxi-
mately with May. = Haki-haratua.
Hārau. 1. v.t. Feel for with the hand,
grope for. E harau ana te ngoingoi
i te kai mana.—I hai^ua hoki, i ma-
tau atu ai (M. 267).
2. Touch lightly, graze, scratch,
nibble. E harau ake ana te ika ki
te maunu.
3. v.i. Be heard vaguely. Tenei
tetahi ki i harau ake ki aku taringa.
hāraunga, n. Impression, print. Wha-
kataki noa i ou tapuae i runga i te
tahuna . . . kaore i kitea te ha-
raunga o ou tapuae (S.).
hāraurau, v.t. See or hear indistinctly.
Harau. || tangiharau.
Harawene. 1. a. Envious, jealous.
2. v.t. Grumble at.
Harawiwini, v.i. Shiver. Ehara i te
hanga; harawiwini ana te kiri i te
Hare (i), harehare, n. Cutaneous erup-
tion, itch. Ko te ngau a te hare.

harehare, a. Offensive. Katahi nga
korero harehare nau : whakarerea
Hare (ii) (poetical) = haere. Hare kau
atu ai aku rongo ki nui whenua, e
Hārekereke,a. Unreliable. Atuahareke-
reke, waiho te mate mo Hapopo (P.).
|| harakiraki.
Note.—No other example of this
word has been found; and the ob-
scurity of the proverb has led to
many variations in its form.
Harearea, a. Heard indistinctly.
Hārērē, n. A small fish.
Hari (i). 1. v.i. Dance.
2. Sing a song to dance to.
3. Feel or show gladness. Ka hari
tona ngakau i roto i a ia (T. 130).
4. n. Dance.
5. Song (M. 67).
6. Joy.
harihari, n. Song to make people pull
harihari, hahari, n. Papulosa inter-
media and Dosinia subrosea; bivalve
Hari (ii), v.t. Carry. Ka haere atu
te koroheke ra, ka hari i nga toki
(T. 51). Haria he kai ma taua (T. 25).
Harla, n. Brassica oleracea, wild cab-
bage (introduced).
whakahariharitae, v.t. Gibe at, vilify,
hold in contempt. E whakaharihari-
tae a Patu ki a Raurimu.—E whaka-
hariharitaetia ta taua potiki.
Harirau (i). ---- Te ngutu o te wahine
e kowhete ana mai ki te harirau
mai ki te kaheko.—I harirau tia atu
ki Kohapehape ra, e, ka rongo mai
e Meke aku waka i hoe ai aku
tungane.—Kia ringiringi tu i te wai
harirau o te tongarewa (M. 249).
Harirau (ii), n. Wing. Kua rongo raua
i te kapakapa o te harirau o te kuku
(T. 146). (This is possibly a mis-
print for parirau.)
Hāro. 1. v.t. Scrape clean. He kai-
haro muka. He kaupapa haro, a
clean sweep.
2. Chop smooth with an adze. Kei
te haroa a roto o te waka.
3. v.i. Soar. I whakaahua ia i
a ia hi te ahua o te kahu, a hāro
haere ana ia i runga (W. ii, 76).
4. a. Smooth, of the sea. He au
5. Of very low water at spring
tide. Haro ana te tai nei.
6. In the expression wai hāro, a
sort of soup made by mixing meal of
hinau berries with water and boiling
same. || vai halo, J. xi, 218.
hāronga, n. Cape made of the refuse
scrapings of flax.
Haro, haroharo. 1. v.t. Scrape. ||Ta.,
2. n. ? Vault of heaven. Ko te
kawa i tu hangaia te haroharo.
Haro re, n. 1. An edible fungus grow-
ing on decayed timber. Ma wai e
kai te harore (M. 368). He hake-
keke pea, he harore pea (M. 44).
Tenei taku waka te waiho i te motu
hei poupou harore (M. 85).
2. Agaracus adiposus, mushroom.
He harore rangi tahi (P. ; applied
to anything short-lived or not long
3. Shell of the ear.
whakaharore, a. Like a fungus. Ware-
ware o taringa whakaharore !
hārorerore, n. Weakness. To mata i
tauria e te harorerore.
Hāroto, hārotoroto. 1. n. Pond, pool.
2. v.i. Lie in pools, form pools.
He wai kihai i ata hopua, i haroto-
roto noa iho.
Hārotu, a. 1. Reduced to shreds or
2. Faint-hearted.
Haru (i), v.i. Bark. Ko ana korero,
me te haru kuri.
Haru (ii). ----
haruharu, a. Soiled, disagreeable to the
eye. Ahakoa mate haruharu, ka ka-
wea ki te wai, raupitia ai.
Harukiruki = rukiruki, intensive ad.
Taimaha harukiruki, (a) extremely
heavy, (b) extreme depression. I te
kainga au . . . o taimaha harukiruki
(M.M. 192).
Hāruru, a. Fetid, foul-smelling. Ka
haruru te rongoa nei. || mōrururu.
Haruru. 1. n. Any dull, heavy sound.
Ka rongo nei a Tama i te haruru
o nga tapuae o Ngatoro e haere iho
ana (T. 171).
2. Roar. Ka rongo raua ki te ha-
ruru [of the storm] ka purupurua to
raua whare (T. 93).
3. v.i. Resound. Tena toki ka
haruru (T. 32).
4. Thud. Kua rangona e raua te
harurutanga ki raro, te whiunga iho
(T. 146).
5. n. Name of a charm, beginning
with the word haruru, which was used
to cure wounds, &c.

Haruwai, a. Sodden, watery.
Hātai, n. Mild weather, neither windy
nor sunny. He rangi hatai tenei.
Hātata, a. Blustering.
Hātea, a. 1. Faded, decolorized. Kua
hatea te mangu o te kakahu.
2. Whitened, as with saline efflor-
|| tea, patea.
Hātepe. 1. v.t. Cut asunder, cut off.
Hatepea nga pou o te whare.—Homai
noa ra te rongo o te hatepe hai
patu i a au e (S.). = hautope.
2. v.i. Proceed in an orderly man-
ner, follow in regular sequence. Kihai
i hatepe te haere o tana korero, i
hikohiko. || whakatepe.
Hatete, n. Fire.
Hātoitoi, n. Miro australis, robin.
= pitoitoi.
Hātope = autope, hatepe.
Hāture, n. A sea-fish. ? = hauture.
Hau (i), n. 1. Wind, air. Kihai te
hau i roa rawa e pa ana, kua mutu
(T. 93). Hau 0 te takiwa, air of space.
2. Breath. Ma te hau tonu pea
o te korokoro e horo te tangata
(T. 161).
3. Dew, moisture. Ma tahaki haere,
i te hau i a koe.—Ka tokia to kiri e
te hau kopata (S. ii, 60). (This ap-
pears as an element in many words
denoting dew, frost, snow, &c.
|| hauku, &c.)
hauhau. 1. a. Cool. Ka hauhau koe
i te anu o waho (T. 66).
2. n. Coolness, cool air. Toia ake
tê tatau kia tuwhera, kia puta mai
ai te hauhau ki a au (M. lvi).
Hau (ii), hauhau. 1. a. Eager, brisk.
2. v.t. Seek. Ka piki a Rupe, ka
hau, ka porangi ki a Rehua (T. 32).
whakahau, v.t. and n. Command.
Ka whakahau ano te tangata nei,
" Tatua ” (T. 200). Katahi ka pa
te whakahau a te maia nei a Ma-
ruahaira ki tona ope, “ Hoea !
(J- ”> 45)-
hāhau, v.t. Seek. Hei aha ma korua
i hāhauria ai tena wahine ? (T. 185).
Kihai i roa te hahautanga mai o
nga tauhou, kua mohiotia mai ko
Paoa tera (T. 193).
whakahauhau. 1. v.t. Order, direct,
hasten. Kua maranga.a Tukutuku
ki te whakahauhau kai kia tahuna
(T. 192).
2. Encourage. Katahi ka tautapa
te whakahauhau a te hunga e tu iho
ra i te taumata (T. 151).
3. n. A set song for inspiriting
workers. Katahi ka koia te mara,
ko tona whakahauhau tenei, " Ngaere
te whakatipua,” &c. (T. 114).
Hau (iii). 1. a. Famous, illustrious.
He ingoa hau tenei ingoa e karanga-
tia mai nei ki te taringa (T. 148).
2. v.i. Resound, be published
abroad, reported. Oku nei rongo
kino hau ana ki tawhiti (M. 257).
3. Be heard. Ka hau te reo.—Ka
hau te tangi.
4. n. Report. Whakarongo ra te
taringa ki te hau taua e hau mai nei
(M. 312).
Hau (iv), n. 1. Vitality of man, vital
essence of land, &c., which was par-
ticularly susceptible to the attacks
of witchcraft, &c. || J. ix, 189-99.
E mohio ana ahau kei te patu mai
koe i a maua ko taku hau, e kore
taku hau e riro i to karakia (J. ii,
223). Tipi i te hau o te whenua, i
te hau o te kai (J. ix, 197).
2. In the expressions hau whitia
and kai hau, referring to evils arising
from misappropriation of property.
|| J. ix, 197-98.
Note.—There may possibly be a
connexion between this word and
the following. But it must be noted
that this is most essentially spiritual
and intangible, while hau (v) is the
material visible symbol of something.
Hau (v), n. 1. Food used in the cere-
monies of pure, or removal of tapu
from a newly built house, canoe, &c.,
sometimes eaten by the tohunga, at
others left for the atua.
2. Some portion of a victim slain
in battle, or something connected
with an undertaking just-completed,
used in religious rites to ensure good
luck. Kia tae atu au ki te kawe atu
i te hau o tenei tanga ika ; a kia tae
atu au ki te tohunga, kia whangaia
ki te atua (T. 22). Ma wai e kawe te
hau o to parekura nei ? (W. iv, 80).
The rite of presenting the hau to the
atua was called whangai hau. Ka
tohia; ka mutu, ka whangaia te hau
mo ana mahi (T. 17).
3. Twigs of karamuramu, used in
divination rites, apparently to repre-
sent tribes or clans about to engage
in battle. || J. ix, 193, and note to
hau (iv).

Hau (vi). 1. v.i. Project, overhang.
2. Exceed, be in excess. Kei te
hau te whariki nei {This mat is
longer than necessary).
3. n. Excess, parts, fraction, over
any complete measurement. E waru
maro o taku taura me te hau (My
rope is eight fathoms and a bit, or a
4. External angle, corner. Kei te
hau o te taiepa te ara.
whakahau, v.t. Shelter. Hetarotena,
he whakahau paenga no te kumara.
Whakahau-matua, variety of gourd.
Hau (vii), hahau, hauhau, v.t. 1. Strike,
smite, deal blows to. Hahau kau ana
te patu, he mano ki te matenga
(T. 143). Inamata e haua ana ki
te patu (T. 91).
2. Hew, chop. Ka tuakina a Te
Arawa, . . . ka hinga ki raro;
ka haua, a ka oti; ko nga kai-hahau
enei ko Rata, ko Wahieroa (T. 69).
hahau, n. 1. A fish.
2. A charm for curing tumours,
hauhau, n. Bludgeon. Hauhau manu,
stick for killing birds.
.Hau (viii), n. Return present by way
of acknowledgment for a present re-
ceived. Ehara i te- taonga hau te
kai e puritia nei e matou, e Ngati-
Toa. || kai-hau-kai.
Hau (ix), n. Property, spoils. Homai
aku hau, nga titaha, nga kohua, nga
herehere o toku pakanga (M. 345).
Note.—This word may be con-
nected with the preceding hau (viii),
or even possibly with hau (v), but
the use of either of these in the
plural is not usual. .
Hau (x) = hou (i), n. Plume, feather.
Ka riro, e, taku hau kotuku (S.).
Hauā. 1. a. Crippled, lame. Ka haua
te waewae.
2. Cowardly, without spirit. He iwi
haua matou; kahore i rapua he utu.
3. Angry without cause.
4. n. Cripple. Ka matakina te
pa kaore he tangata o roto, kua
horo nga tane nga wahine, he haua
te mea i mahue ra.
hauhauā, a. 1. Cowardly. Katahi te
tangata hauhaua ko koe !
2. Plebeian.
Hauaitu, hauhauaitu. 1. a. Starved
with cold, pinched. He hauaitu to
matou mate.:—Tokorua nga pakeha
i mate kotahi na te pu, na te hau-
aitu i te marangai tetahi.
2. Lean, wasted. He kuri hauaitu.
3. Listless, without heart, weak.
Ka hauhauaitu ahau, he pouri no
roto i a au.—He whakarapa to kou-
tou, he tikanga hauhauaitu to kou-
tou nei (P. 30).
4. v.i. Swoon, faint.
hauhauaitu, n. Small mullet. = kopu-
Hauama = houama, n. Entelea abor-
escens ; a small tree.
Hauanu, n. Cold.
Hauangi, a. Cool.
Hauārahi, n. West wind.
Hauare (i), v.t. Miss a mark.
Hauare (ii) = haware, n. Saliva.
Hauarea = hauwarea.
Hauata, n. Accident.
Hauātiu, n. North-west wind. || kotiu.
Hāuaua. 1. n. Drizzling rain.
2. a. Rainy.
Hauāuru, n. 1. West wind. Hongi
rawa atu ki te hauauru, kua piro mai
(T. 18). Hauauru-ma-raki, north-
west wind.
2. West.
Hauhake, v.t. Take up a root crop.
Hauhakea ana nga kai; te maranga-
tanga mai, e waru nga rau (T. 114).
Hauhunga, n. 1. Frost. E piki ai
koe nga maunga hauhunga i runga
o Tongariro (M. 158).
2. A variety of greenstone (Tr.
xxiv, 515).
Hauiti, a. Small.
Haukaha = aukaha.
Haukai, n. ? = kai. Food. Mana pea
koe e whakahaereere atu nga wha-
nga e rau o Tauranga, hei utuutu
haukai kei a Pu, a Pare (M. 63).
|| kaihaukai.
Haukainga = kainga, n. Home. Te
maunga e tu mai ra ki te haukainga
(M. 7). Kia tahuri ki uta, ki to hau-
kainga (M. 265).
Haukaiwahine, n. Formation in single
file. Turia pea koe te haukaiwahine
(W. v, 132). Ko te “ haukaiwahine”
ko te haere takitahi a taua ope nei
Haukati = aukati.
Haukeke, v.t. Meddle, handle care-
lessly. Ata! he aha tau e haukeke
nei ?
Haukōeoeo, n. Sensation of chill. E hia
ranei hitako o te tangata i te pānga
; mai o te haukoeoeo, na kua ora, kua
hapa, kua mahana katoa te kiri.
Haukopa, n. A variety of taro.
Haukōpata, n. Dew. Ka tokia e te
haukopata (M. 124). || hau (i).

Haukori, a. Moving briskly. Kei mutu
aku rangi haukori (S. ii, 22). || kori.
Haukoti. 1. v.t. Intercept, cut off. Ka
haukotia e te mate. Haukoti i te
aroaro, obstruct. || koti.
2. n. Intercepting party. Katahi
ka kokiritia e te haukoti a te wha
Haukū, n. Dew, damp. Ka ringitia
hoki nga roimata e Rangi ki runga
ki a Papatuanuku, ko ia te hauku
(T. 9). || hau (i).
Haukume, v.t. Pull. An intensive from
kume. Haukumea, hautoia (Ika, 95).
Haukuru, v.t. Smash. E haukurua
ana nga upoko o tera. || kuru.
Hauma, v.i. Shout. Used in karakia,
songs for giving time, &c. Hauma,
hui-e, taiki-e (J. v, 152). Kihai i
roa te manutanga i waho ka tangi te
hauma karakia (W. iii, 74).
Haumako, a. Rich, fertile.
Haumakōroa = haumangoroa.
Haumākū = mākū, a. Bedewed, wet.
E haumaku ana ano te toto i runga
i te toki (K.M. 62, 6).
Haumanu, v.t. Revive, restore to health.
Ko nga karakia haumanu mo nga
turoro (W. i, 8).
Haumangoroa, n. Panax simplex ; a
tree; and P. Edgerleyi in adult form.
Haumaringi, haumāringiringi, n. Mist.
Ka tere Rakei, e, i, haumaringi mai
i roto o Kaipara (S. ii, 77).
Haumaruru. 1. a. Languid. Ka hau-
maruru nga kanohi i te mate.—Ko
to te tapapa, haumaruru tonu iho
(Sh.T. 181). 1| maruru.
2. Indifferent, unconcerned. Me
mutu i konei te haumaruru o matou ;
me matakana nga kanohi i enei
rangi e takoto nei.
3. Sullen, sulky.
4. n. A charm to enfeeble the
Haumata, n. Snow-grass.
Haumātakataka, n. Hurricane.
Haumate, n. An eel, resembling puhi.
Haumāuiui, n. Result of one’s toil,
work accomplished. Te haumauiui o
nga mea kua mate ; te haumauiui o
nga mea kua riro atu. || mauiui.
Haūmere, v.i. Shout together. || umere.
Haumi. 1. v.t. Join.
2. Lengthen by addition.
3. Reserve, lay aside. Hoake rawa
ka haumi i tetahi maku : ka pau
ra hoki.
4. n.' Piece of wood by which the
body of a canoe is lengthened. Na
ka mau te haumi o te ta, o te ihu,
ka kumi tena waka.
5. Joint by which the additional
piece is fastened.
6. Canoe so lengthened. Ka hau-
kahatia, tona ingoa he haumi.
7. Bow of a canoe. Whakarongo-
rongo ana te taringa ki te haumi a
te taurua e kuku nei (M. 243).
8. Ally. I nga wa e karanga ai
nga iwi o Hauraki ki a Paeko hei
haumi mo ratou (W. v, 24).
9. Confederacy, alliance. E mea
ana a Hongi, he haumi tenei ki a
ia.—Ka puta mai ano te tini o te
tangata, ka noho haumi ki te iwi
a Tana (W. v, 25).
10. In the expression kai haumi
(n. and v.i.), applied to a person who
wanders over lands of other people,
where he has no rights, and takes
the birds, &c., thereof.
Haumia-roa, haumia-tiketike, n. Fig.
names for fern-root, Haumia being
the god who presided over fern-root.
Ko te haruru o te patu o te aruhe,
ka ki atu a Toi ma “ Ehara ko
haumia-roa,” he aruhe a haumia-
roa.—Ko Haumia-tiketike i oma ki
te whenua (T. 6).
Haumiri, v.t. 1. Stroke affectionately.
Nau rawa i haumiri te wa ki te
tinana (M. 397). Tena te kuia te
tangi haumiri na i tana mokopuna.
—Kei te haumiritia te tupapaku.
2. Hug, sail along the shore. Ka-
tahi ka haumiri haere i tatahi, a
ka tae ki Tapirimoko (W. iv, 104).
I haumiri tonu te rere o nga kaipuke,
piri tonu ki uta.
Haumotu, a. Cold, damp, clammy.
J| motu.
Haumua, n. A place of departed
Haumūmū, a. Silent.
Haumumu, n. Eddying wind. = mu-
Haumuti = hamuti, n. Dung, excre-
ment. Taku poporo tu ki te haumuti
(M. 125).
Haunene. 1. n. Noise, chatter. Ka
haere mai he hoa wahine, na ka
whakarongo ki te haunene o taua
kai uma ra (W. ii, 10).
2. a. Noisy.
Haunui (i), n. Dew. || hau (i), 3.
Haunui (ii), a. Wide, broad. A huri-
hurihia to tupu hauroa, to tupu hau-
nui (M. 28). || nui, whanui.

Hāunga, ad. 1. Besides. E rua mano
te tane; haunga te wahine, te tama-
2. Not including. Haunga ia nga
tohunga karakia, e hiki ana (T. 160).
Kei roto i enei nga iwi o Taranaki
puta noa ki runga, ki raro, haunga
ano a Rotorua (M. lxviii).
Haunga. 1. a. Odorous, stinking. He
n'gohi tenei e haunga mai nei.
2. n. Odour, Rongo kau ano te
tupua ra i te haunga ahua tangata
(T. 150).
hāungaunga, a. Odorous. Piropiro
haungaunga taku kai, he tangata
(Ika, 116).
Hauora(i). 1. n. Spirit of life, health,
vigour. || J. ix, 193 ; and hau (iv).
2. a. Healthy, fresh, well. Kua
hauora te tupapaku, kua maranga.
3. Lively, in good spirits. Engari
e haere hauora ana i te tohu waiora
a Tuwhakairiora (J. xx, 22). \
4. Perfect. E ! He hauora te ta-
ngata nei ki tana karakia (J. ix,i94).
hauoratanga, n. Health. Mei whenei
ana taku hauoratanga (M. 169).
whakahauora, v.t. Revive, refresh.
Hauora (ii), n. Cordyline Banksii; a
Haupa. 1. v.t. Bite, eat. Ka haupa
ki te paepae roa i Hawaiki.—‘E
haupa tonu ana toku waha ki te
kai i nga tokotoko, i nga iroiro.
2. n. Food.
hāupaupa, v.t. Eat greedily. || wha-
Haupapa. 1. n. Flat surface. E tu
ai koe nga haupapa kowhatu i runga
o Totorewa (M. 409).
2. Frost, ice.
3. v.t. Lie in wait for. Taku
heke haupapa, taku heke matangaro
(M. 396). Akuanei ka haupapatia
tatou e te taua.
4. a. At peace, untroubled. Ka
whauwhia te rongo, ka haupapa, ka
noho pai noa iho.—E noho whenua
rangatira noa iho ana, ta te haupapa
Haupārua, n. Fight with loss on both
sides. E kore e pai kia mate utu-
kore te tangata whenua, engari kia
mate utu ano, koia te mate haupārua.
Haupatu, v.t. 1. Strike, dash, assault.
Kb Te ika a Ngahue, haiipatua ihb ki
te path pounamu (M. 128). || patu.
2. Cover a roof. I to whakapiri-
ng£ i nga kakaho, i haupattiA iho
ki nga kiri (M. 395).' Ip’tMpttU;
Haupāuma, n. Head wind.
Haupitonga, n. South-east wind.
HaUpongi, n. Eddying wind.
Hauporo = auporo, v.t. Cut off, cut
asunder. Te toki a te atua i hau-
poroa ai te poro tutakitanga o aku
papa (S.). 11 poro.
Haupū. 1. n. Heap, mound. A eke
noa te tini o aua ika ki nga papa
o nga whata te tiketike o te hattpu
o te ika (W. ii, 123).
2. v.t. Place in a heap. Hau-
puria nga makoi ki konei.
3. v.i. Lie in a heap.
Haupunu, a. Shut in, enclosed. Ka tae
ki te ngahere, ka ki ia, “ Haupunu
ana tatoU ki konei.” Koia a te Hau-
punu. || puni.
Hāura, a. Brown.
Haura, n. Sick person, invalid.
Haurahl, n. Dew. || hau (i).
Hauraklraki. 1, n. Familiar spirit. I
puta mai toku haurakiraki i te po,
karanga mai ai ki au.
2. a. ? Unreliable. Atua hauraki-
raki, waiho te mate mo Hapopo
(W. iii, 9). || harekereke.
Haurangi. l.a. Mad, deluded. ||arangi,
porangi. •; -7^
2* Exasperated, furious. Ka hau-
rangi te wahine nei, ka riri ki tôna
teina (T. 139).
3. Drunken.
4. n. Dew. || hau (i).
6. Verandah, porch. || hau (vi).
Haurapa, v. t.’ Search diligently for.
|| rapa.
Haurarangi, a. Suspended.
Hauraro; 1. a. Low down, pendent.
Me' he mea no konei, he hauraro
noa iho te kakahu o te weruweru
(T. 147).
2. v.i. Be abased, submit.
3. n. North wind, north. Ka riko-
riko mai te' mata o Puaka i te tiau-
raro, he tohu tau pai (W. i, 45).
Hauratu. ------ E ka tukua te hau-
ratu he koia e te toki (K.).
Hauroa = roa. 1. n. Height, length.
2.’ a. Long. A hurihurihia to tupU
hauroa, to tupu haunui (M. 28).
Haurokuroku. 1. a. Unsettled, un-
certain'. -E haurokuroku ana te ko-
rero: he korerb pai i tetahi rangi,
he korero kino i tetahi.
2. n. Violent eddying wind.
Hauru, n. A shell-fish.
Haurui,v.t. Scatter about, shake. || rui.
Hauruna, n. A charm used in cbii-
> "tfexion with kite-flying.

Haurutu, n. Dew.
Hauruturutu,v.t. Shake violently. || rutu.
Hautai. 1. n. Sponge.
2. A rough garment for use in wet
weather. Kakahuria to hautai.
3. Rags. I te tuitui ahau i aku
4. a. Ragged, tattered.
Hautakū, a. Bedewed, wet. Tera pea
kei te hautaku a roto o te kāho.
Hautaonga = taonga, n. Goods, pro-
perty. Kei tutuki to waewae i a
Ririwai, he hautaonga nui, kei a
. Tuku-a-hika (M. 63).
Hautaorua, n. Dew. = hautorua.
Hautapu, n. Death by violence. Tau
ake ko te hautapu no Tu (M. 181).
The above sense is given by a
Maori, but will not suit the follow-
ing examples : Tenei rawa to rongo
te āngi mai nei nga uru hautapu o
Te Totara nei (M. 293). Ka pau koe
te wehewehe ki runga to hautapu (S.).
O potiki e kahurangi nei hei kawe i a
koe ki runga te hautapu (W.M. ix,
Hautāruru, a. Unwary, heedless.
Hautaua = hau taua. || hau (iii).
Hautea, a. Scattered about, separated.
Ka whiua e ia nga huruhuru o te
manu ki raro, ki te take o te rakau,
koi hautea te huruhuru, koi katea
haere i te ngaherehere, koi putu haere.
whakahautea, v.i. Be scattered. Ka ka-
ranga taua tangata, “ Kaua e whaka-
hautea te huruhuru.”
Hautepe = hautope.
Hautere, a. ---- Ko o matua hau-
tere tena, kei te marama e mau ana
(S. ii, 16).
Hautete, v.i. Jabber.
Hautō, v.t. Draw, drag. Haukumea,
hautoia (Ika, 95). = tō (iv).
Hautoa = toa, n. Courage, bravery.
Hei whakahoki katoa i te hautoa
. o te iwi ki te mauri o te iwi.
Hautoke = hotoke, n. Winter.
Hautoki, v.t. Surround, intercept.
Hautōmai, n. Dew. || tomairangi.
Hautope, hātope, v.t. Cut asunder, cut
off, cut down. = hatepe.
Hautōrua, n. Dew. = hautaorua.
HautŪ. 1. v.i. Give the time for the
rowers in a canoe.
2. n. A song for the purpose of
keeping time.
3. Spirit of bravery.
hautūtanga, n. Violent bruise. He
mate hori i te kaokao no te hautu-
tanga ki te aroaro (M. 159).
Hautuhi. ----- E Rake ma, e, homai
he hautuhi ka wehi taku kiri me he
tara ongaonga (S. ii, 20).
Hautūmū, n. Head wind. || tūmū.
Hautupua, a. Remarkable, fearful, mon-
Hauture, n. Caranx trachurus, scad,
horse-mackerel. ? = hature.
Hauturuki, n. Fledgling bird. Katahi
au ka hoka, hokahoka te manu hau-
turuki (M. c). || turuki.
Haututū, a. Insubordinate, obstructive.
Te Urewera, he iwi haututū.
Hauwai, n. A mollusc; ? Haliotis aus-
Hauware = haware, huare, n. Saliva.
Hauwarea, hauarea. 1. a. Of no ac-
count, insignificant. He kainga hau-
warea a Arowhena.
2. Taciturn, morose. I honge-
hongea au, i hauwarea noa (M.M.
3. Thin, lean.
4. Weak.
5. Cowardly.
6. n. Frivolity. E hoa ma, kati
nga hauarea kupu nei (Wa. 36).
Hauwere = hawere, a. Hanging down,
Hauwhenua,n. 1. Dew, damp. ||hau(i).
2. Land-wind, land-breeze. E pu-
puhi ke ana te hauwhenua iara
(M. 190).
Hawa (i), v.i. Be chipped, be broken.
Ka hawa te karaha nei i te tamaiti.
—Ka karanga atu a Tinirau, “ E
kore e ngaro, he niho hawa ko Ngae.”
Hawa (ii), hawahawa. 1. a. Dripping,
reeking. He miti te ringa o te wa-
hine, he hawa te ringa o te tane (S.).
2. Smeared on. E tama, hawa-
hawa ana te hinu i ou kauwae.
3. n. Filth, excrement.
Hawa (iii), hawahawa. 1. n. Gills of
a fish.
2. Ventral fin of a fish.
3. A lichen.
4. a. Trembling, vibrating.
Hawai, n. 1. An edible fungus grow-
ing on trees.
2. Watercourse, rivulet, channel in
a stream.
3. Galaxias fasciatus ; a fish found
in Lake Taupo, the black kokopu.
4. Eliotris gabioides, bull-head; a
hawahawai, n. Hillocks in which
weeds are buried, and which are
afterwards planted.

Hawaiki-pepeke, n. 1. Feigned retreat
in order to draw on an enemy.
= manu kawhaki, kakahu haehae.
2. Dilatoriness in springing to arms
at word of command. || J. vii, 121.
Waiho nei i Taiwhakaea ki a te
Hāwaniwani, n.’ A skin-disease affect-
ing children.
Hawara. ---- â–  Ka tawehe i te ko-
panga, popore hawara, ko te whana
whakairi tira (S.).
Hāware (i) =huare, hauware, n. Saliva,
hawareware. 1. a. Full of saliva, drivel-
. ling. E hawareware ana te mangai.
2. Slimy, as eels; clammy.
3. n. Slime. Hoki rawa mai ki
te puta o tona tuna, mau ana ko te
hawareware kau anake, kua riro te
Hāware (ii).----
hawareware, a. Lean. He poaka ha-
Hāware (iii), v.i. Groan.
Hāwata, v.i. Mutter. E hawata ana
te tupapaku.
Hāwatewate, a. False, untrue.
Hāwato = awhato.
Hawe. 1. v.i. Eddy, as wind.
2. Turn aside, be diverted.
3. n. Bencf in a road or river,
whakahawe, v.t. Distort, pervert.
Naku i whakahawe nga mahi ana-
mata (S. ii, 11).
Hāwea. -----
whakahāwea, v.t. 1. Despise. E tika
ana ano te whakahawea ki a ia, he
tutuā hoki ia.
2. Disbelieve. E kore au e whaka-
hawea ki tana korero.
Hawene, v.t. 1. ----- Kia haramai
ana te paretiti i nga tau o Murirangi
e hawene nei kai te po te wairua (S.).
2. Tease, vex, excite.
Hāwera, n. Place where the fern or
bush has been destroyed by fire.
II tawera.
Hāwere. 1. n. A variety of kumara.
2. a. Pendulous. He ngutu ha-
3. Plentiful, prolific. ' He tau ha-
were tetahi, he tau tukuroa tetahi
4. v.i. Hang.down. Tirohiaekoe
ki te haweretanga o te taringa matau.
hāwerewere, intensive ad. used with
totika. Totika hawerewere.
Hāweru, n. A bird : So stated by Sir
George Grey. Me te katua haweru
te upoko kai paraoa (P. 53).
Hāwiniwini, v.i. Shiver with cold,
( shudder.
Hawhe = whawhe. 1. v.i. Go or come
round. Kua hawhe katoa nga ika ki
2. n. The end section of a drag-
net or kaharoa. E rua nga hawhe o
te kupenga kotahi.
3. Turn or bend in a fence.
Hē (i). 1. a. Wrong. ’ He rawa te
mahi nei. — Kihai i hamumu te
waha o nga tuakana, no te mea kua
he ta ratou (T. 200).
2. Erring, mistaken, perplexed,; at
a loss. Ka hē noa iho te whakaaro
o nga tangata o runga i a Te Arawa
(T. 7i).
3. In trouble or difficulty. E piki
ana ano i tana pikitanga, ki Ma-
heahea, ka he te manawa (Z am^out
of breath, or out of heart} (M. 172).
4. Troublous, baleful. Turariga
mua, turanga tika; turanga rtiujri,
turanga he (P.). Tirohia UenukU, e
hoka i runga te atua he nei (M: 409).
5. Dead.
6. n. Error, mistake,, fault. He
maha nga he a Turaungatao (P.).
7. Difficulty, trouble.
8. v.i. Fail, miss. Ka whati tana
tara, a ka hē tera (T. 33). Ka he te
mango ki nga tauranga i hiia e tau a
hapu {The sharks faded [to takeythe
bait] at the fishing-ground where that
hapu fished} (W. iv, H2).
hēngia, pass. Be mistaken for another.
Ka haere te ope nei, a ka tae ki te
kainga i a Peha, tae atu, ka hengia
mai e te iwi a Peha, a patua ana
(W. v, 15).
hēanga, hēnga, n. Circumstance, &c.,
of erring.
whakahē, v.t. 1. Cause to go astray,
mislead., Na te kuia ra matou i
2. Find fault with, condemn.
hēhē, a. 1. Gone astray, at a loss.
2. Wrong, not fulfilling require-
ments. Ka karanga te iwi, na te
moenga i te tane hēhē i tipuheke
ai taua wahine.
whakahēhē, v.t. 1. Confuse, confound.
Ko Taumata whakahehe . korero
(P. 62).
2. Foil, perplex. ’
He (ii), inter, particle. Patu rawa kôe
i a Tama-nui-te-ra, he ? (T. 20) 1

He. 1. indef. art., both singular and
plural. A, an, the plural not being
translated. He matau ano ra taku
(I have a hook) (T. 21). He tangata
roroa enei tangata (These were tall
men) (T. 77). Nga kai o tera mau-
nga, he kiwi, he weka, he kiore, he
kuku, he tui (T. 145).
2. a. Some. Homai he wai moku
(Give me some water) (T. 182). In
English the some is often not ex-
3. Used as a particle with adjec-
tives, or with the interrogative aha,
applied predicatively. He nanakia
te iwi nei (These people are fierce)
(T. 46). He aha te kai o tera maunga ?
(What is the foodstuff of that moun-
tain ?) (T. 145). [For this use of he in
forming sentences || F.L. §§ 38-40.]
Hea (i), whea, l.n. (||F.L. §8). 1. In-
terrogative : what place ? Used with
prepositions, as—kei hea, where; ko
hea, ki hea, whither; 0 hea, of what
place; i hea, no hea, whence. E
haere ana koe ki hea? (T. 49). Kei
hea au tuahu ? (T. 122). No hea
koia koe ? (T. 17). No hea is often
used as a strong negative, like far
from it, or not at all. No whea i
rongo a Turi ? (T. iii).
2. Indefinite: any place. When
repeated, it signifies every place. Ka
tukua nga purahorua ki hea, ki hea,
kia haere mai ki te whawhai (T. 101).
3. Used after the name of a place
with a prep, repeated, elsewhere. I
korero ano au mo Tauranga, mo hea
atu hoki (I spoke of Tauranga and
elsewhere) (W.M. vii, 34).
4. With the verbal particle ko,
in reference to a place, what is, or
what is the name of. Ko hea tera
maunga e tu mai rara ? (M. 266).
5. What time ? Used of the future
with the prep. a. A whea ara ai te
marama? (T. 54). ||nahea(ii).
Hea (ii), n. Multitude, majority. Tena
ko te hea o te tangata, e kore e
heahea, a. Foolish, silly.
Hea (iii), v.i. Mourn, grieve, be in pain.
E whai mai ta taua tama i a koe,
waiho atu i tona kainga, kia hea tona
wairua, hea ki roto ki Tauranga.
heahea, v.i. Pant, sob.
|| Ta. hea.
Hêanga. || hē (i).
Hēhē. || hē (i).
Heheki. || heki.
Hehengi. || hengi.
Heheu. || heu.
Hei (i), prep, future. 1. At, in, with,
of time or place. Hei te po taua hoe
ai (T. 41). Hei konei na he pa mo
tatou (T. 121). Kua taea e ahau
nga mea katoa, a hei tena mea, hei
te mahi o te kai, ka ngaro ai (T. 20).
2. For, to, as ; denoting purpose,
intention, &c. Kei te rou kakahi
hei o ki te taiapu (T. 157). Ko wai
tou tangata hei tangi i a koe, hei
ngaki hoki i tou mate ? (T. 40).
3. Forming a future imperative,
chiefly in negative sentences with
the ad. kaua. Tikina he toki; hei te
mea nui (Fetch an axe; let it be a big
one). Kaua hei tutū ; whakatupu
tangata (T. 82). Hei a au anake te
taua, kaua e haere ki te manuhiri
(T. 196).
Hei (ii), v.i. 1. Go towards, turn to-
wards. Kia kite kau atu i te w'ao
kahikatea ki Tapapaki, hei ake ki te
tonga (M. 171). || Uv. heihei, turn
2. Be requited. Ka hei tana, tenei
ano taku utu ki a ia aianei (T. 72).
whakahei, v.t. 1. Go to meet, welcome,
a person arriving. Tikina, whaka-
heitia a Te Whatanui ki te ara.—Ka
whakatika a te whakahei i
tona ope ra (W. ii, 17).
2. Fulfil, bring to pass. Taku kupu
i whakaheia ki runga o Maramarama-
te-rangi (P.).
3. Satisfy an obligation. Kati, ka
whakaheia e au to whakapekanga
mai i a au, ina, i inu nei i te taha
wai (Well, I satisfied your invitation
to turn aside, for I drank of your flagon
of water—thereby avoiding a longer
delay till food should be prepared).
4. Grant a request.
Hei (iii). 1. v.t. Tie round the neck,
wear round the neck. Heia ki tou
2. Snare by the neck.
3. v.i. Beboundar entangled. Kia
hei taku ate i te tau o tana tiki (M.
4. n. An ornament for the neck.
Katahi ka mahara a Te Kanawa
ki tona hei (T. 180). Haea mai ra
to hei kaka piripiri (M. 229).
5. Collar-bone. = ahei.
whakahei, v.t. Ensnare. Ka wera ka-
' toa nga tino taonga, nga tutu kaka,
me nga maire whakahei kereru^

heihei. 1. v.t. Bind, entangle. Hei-
heia mai au e te ara pungawerewere,
kia ngaro.
2. n. Bond, entanglement. Nga
heihei o Matuku (M. 21). || Me here
ki te here o Matuku-tangotango, e
kore e taea te wete (P.).
Hei (iv), n. Poetical term for sky. Kai
te pukohu te puru o te hei.
Hei (v), ’hei = ahei, v.i. Be able. Ka
’hei ra, e te ngakau, te ngakiho-
horo (M. 118).
Hei (vi). ---
heihei,n. 1. Noise, disturbance. Anana,
tutu ana te heihei (T. 5).
2. Storm.
3. Dust, spray. Tutu ana te moana,
a puehu ana te rangi i te heihei o te
moana (W. iii, 32).
4. Barn-door fowl. (Mod.)
Heinga, n. Parent, ancestor.
Heipū, a. 1. Coming or going straight
towards, hitting exactly. Heipu tonu
atu au, ko taua mea e takoto ana.
2. Just, proper. Kei ou matua te
take heipu. || hei (ii).
Heitara, n. Accusation, charge, scandal.
Ka mau tonu mai kei ona ngutu ko
te heitara noa i te ao (M. 146).
Heitiki, n. A greenstone ornament
worn suspended from the neck. I
te heitiki etehi, i te kuru pounamu
etehi (T. 68). || hei (iii).
Heka, hekaheka, a. Mouldy. Kua
heka nga kao nei. || poporoheka,
Heka-ponga, n. Gum of tree-fern.
Heke. 1. v.i. Descend. Hekenei, heke
nei te waka ra, a ka ngaro te ihu
(T. 72). E rua ano hekenga o te
aho, ehara, kua tomo te waka (T. 21).
Ka heke te tupu, deteriorate. Ka
heke to tupu, ka motu koe; (M. ci).
Heke haere, decrease. || haere (i).
2. Ebb. Kia heke te tai ka haere
ai tatou.
3. Drip. Ka heke te wai o te
4. Migrate. A, whakatika ake a
Ngahue, ka heke atu, he whenua
ke (T. 68).
5. Miss a mark.
6. Practise surf-riding.
7. n. One who migrates, party of
emigrants, migration. He mea ma-
hue au i te unuhanga heke (M. 154).
8. Rafter. Te tahuhu, nga heke,
nga kaho (M. 394).
9. A species of eel.
heketanga, n. Descent of a hill. E heke
ana ano i nga heketanga o Maro
(M. 289).
whakaheke. 1. v.t. Cause to descend,
&c.; let down. Katahi ka tino
whakahekea te waka ra e ia ki
te korokoro o te Parata (M. ix).
Whakaheke tupu, treat with in-
dignity. Ehara he iwi whakaheke
tupu tangata (T. 141).
2. Make to drip, shed tears. Taku
turanga ake i te kuwaha nei, whaka-
heke roimata (M. 274).
3. Put in motion a body of men.
Ka whakahekea te ope hei patu
(P. 106).
4. Feign, pretend, lie.
5. Catch eels by means of a net
fixed in a weir. Ka riro a Te Iwi
ma ki te whakaheke tuna.
6. n. Rope. Ka herea te whaka-
heke ki te ra (W. ii, 81).
7. Felling-axe.
hekeheke, v.i. Set, decline, as sun, &c.
Moku ano enei ra, mo te ra ka heke-
heke (P. 73).
whakahekeheke. 1. v.i. Practise surf-
riding. E haere ana ki te whaka-
hekeheke i runga i te tai, ara ki te
2. n. A method of adzing timber.
3. a. Striped.
Hekemai, n. A large species of shark.
Hekerangi, n. A variety of korau.
whakahekerangi, n. A variety of taro.
Hekerau, n. Small tubers of kumara,
striking into the ground from the
knots in the shoots.
Hekeri, n. Testes.
Hekerua, n. Sucker thrown up by a
Heketara, n. Olearia spp. ; shrubs.
Heketoro, n. Fairy.
Heketua,n. Necessary stool, privy. Ka
hanga hoki e ia te heketua hei
whakareinga mo nga tahae (T. 35).
Heki, heheki, n. Dredge for mussels;
â–  a sort of rake and net combined.
Taia he kowhiu, ara he heki. Called
also heki-kapu. |) kapu.
Hema(i). 1. v.t. Bevel, chamfer. He
whakatipihori ki tetahi tikanga, he
hema ki tetahi.—Ko te akoranga ko
te hema tahuhu o Rangi.
2. n. Left hand. || Fu., To., Uv.,
Tik., Mng., Ha., hema, sema.
Hema (ii), n. Pudenda.

hemahema. 1. v.i. Accept or make
amorous advances.
2. n. Shamelessness, adultery. Ka
tapa te ingoa o to taua tamaiti ko
Hema, hei ingoa mo taku hemahema-
tanga iho ki a koe (W. i, 47). (But
another version of the story gives
the explanation: Ko te hemanga o
aku waewae.)
Hema (iii), hemahema, a. 1. Empty,
open, void. || Ha. hemahema, want-
ing, destitiite.
2. At peace, free from distractions
or trouble.
hemanga, n. 1. Empty space, void.
2. Used of a vessel only partially
HÄ“manawa, a. 1. Out of breath.
2. Disheartened.
|| he (i), manawa.
Hemihemi, n. 1. Back of the head.
Kei te korero mai ki tua o te hemi-
hemi (P. 48).
2. Excess over a definite number.
Kotahi rau ma whitu, hemihemi (One
hundred and seven and over).
Hemo (i), v.i. 1. Be passed by, be gone
away. Ka hemo ona tuakana ki te
mahi (T. 94). Ka hemo mai a Ta-
ngaroa ki te huata, ka hemo mai a
Rangi ki te huata (Tangaroa went
for his spear, &c.) (Tr. vii, 31).
2. Cease, disappear. A hemo ake
ai te aroha i ahau (M. 15). Ka hemo
te whakamataku o te atua (M. 170).
3. Miss a mark. Ka hemo te patu
a Huka.—He tao rakau e karohia, ka
hemo (P.).
4. Be consumed. Kua hemo nga
kai o te rua.
5. Die. Nonanahi i hemo ai taku :
tamaiti. <
6. Be faint. Ka hemo au i te kai
(I am faint for want of food—i.e., I;
am hungry) (T. 23).
7. Denoting the completion of an
action. Ka hemo te pakeha te muru |
(The white man has been plundered). ;
hemonga, n. Object of earnest desire, i
whakahemo. 1. v.t. Consume.
2. v.i. Be consumed, be all done. (!
No te whakahemonga o te hiku i
roto i te ana l^When the whole of the',
tail had come out of the cave) (T. 160). !
U hemo, 7.
whakahemohemo. 1. v.t. Attend at the\
deathbed of any one. Kei te whaka-j
s hemohemo a Te Hepatahi i tana wa--
hine. |
2, v.i. Be at the point of death. •
Hemo (ii) = hengo, whengo, v.i. Break
wind. Ka hemo anake te tou o te
totara, e tahuna nei te rakau totara
ki te ahi, e papa nei te totara i te
ahi, koia tena, ko tona tou i hemo, i
Hemokai. 1. a. Hungry. ||hemo(i).
2. n. Hunger. He hemokai ka
puta tenei kupu, he mihi ki te hemo-
kai (P. 104).
Hene, n. Anus. = ene.
Heni = hani, q.v. Ko tona heni anake
ki tona ringaringa mau ai (W. i, 149).
Henumi, v.i. Be out of sight, disappear
behind anything. Kua henumi nga
uwhi ki raro ki te whenua.
whakahenumi, v.t. Caus^to disappear,
|| numi.
Hēnga. || hē (i).
Henga, n. 1. The batten covering the
outside of the joint between the
body of the canoe and the rauawa.
2. Curve from keel to gunwale of
a canoe.
3. Food for a working party. Kei
te taka ratou i te henga.
4. A game, possibly taka i te henga.
Kei ko a taua tamariki e taka ana i
te henga, e kare potaka ana, e ku
ana, e whai ana.
hengahenga. 1. n. Girl.
2. Genzo stoma Li gustri folium; a
3. Intensive ad. Maroke henga-
henga, quite dry. = hangehange.
4. a. ---- Toki hengahenga, an
adze-shaped hoe of hard wood for
working the ground (Bui. iv, 21).
Henga-topuni.----- I te henga-topunl,
in close order ; applied to a war-party.
Hengi, hehengi, v.i. Blow gently. Ano
te matangi e hehengi mai nei (S.).
whakahengi, v.i. Move stealthily. E
whakahengi mai ana te tangata ki
a au.
hengihengi. 1. n. Breeze, breath.
Hengihengi hau ra, e wero ki te
• kiri, e i (M. 106).
2. ---- Ko te atua he hengihengi,
he kuku matawhanga i a Rongo-te-
hengia, i a Rongo-te-irirangi.
3. a. Thin. Kiauhiamai koe kahu
hengihengi (M.M. 173). || angiangi.
HÄ“ngia. || he (ii).
Hengia, n. Black skin.
Hengo = whengo, hemo, v.i. Break

Heoi, heoti (sometimes he oi and he
oti ; |1 oi, oti), ad. 1. Denoting com-
pleteness or sufficiency of a state-
ment or enumeration, and generally
having ano joined with it. There is
no more, there are none other. Heoi
ano nga tohunga nana i hanga nga
waka {These were all the skilled work-
men, &c.) (T. 69). Heoi te mea i
ahua wehi mai {The only reason, &c.)
(T. 159). Heoi ano sometimes used
simply as well / Ka kaiponuhia mai
e ana tamariki, heoi ano, e taea hoki
te aha ; ka hoki mai taua, heoi ano
ra koa, ka tae mai ano tatou ki te
tiki mai (T. 200). Heoi ra, that will
do, it is enough.
2. Implying that what follows is
the natural result of what has just
been stated. Accordingly, and so,
so then, whereupon. Heoi ano, ka
pouri te ngakau o Tangaroamihi mo
tana mokai kua mate nei (T. 161).
Katahi ka pa te karanga, “ E ! he
taniwha, he taniwha e haere mai
nei ! ” Heoi ka whati te ope ra
(T. 150).
3. But, however. Ka mea ahau
kia haere ; heoi kahore he waka e
whiti ai ahau ki tawahi.
Here (i). 1. v.t. Tie, tie up, fasten
with cords. Tena, tatou ka here i
te ra nei kia ata haere (T. 18).
2. n. String or cord to tie with.
Here-taniwha, clove hitch. Ka mau
te here-taniwha ki te hiku o te
mango ka rere, ka kumea e ia te
herehere. 1. n. Captive, slave.
2. Captivity. Whare herehere, pri-
3. Anything tied in a bunch.
Herehere-tuna, bunch of worms for
catching eels.
4. v.t. Bind. Te tohora i here-
herea ai e ratou.
Here (ii). 1. n. Spear, 30 ft. to 35 ft.
long, for killing birds. Haere mai
ano raua me te here wero manu ano
(T. 137)-
2. v.t. Kill birds with a spear.
Here (iii), v.t. Conciliate, propitiate.
He kainga i te kai, e kore a Paeko
e herea; he karanga riri, a Paeko
ka herea (W. v, 23). E herengia koia
Te Heke, te rakau ka whiria (M. 178).
whakahere. 1. v.t. Conciliate with a
present or sacrifice.
2. n. Present; propitiatory offer-
ing. Ka kawea tetahi tangata ki
roto o te whare patu ai, ko tetahi
ki te roro o taua whare, hai whaka-
here enei ki tona whare. || where.
Here (iv). 1. n. Guide. Ko Mere-
mere, ko ia te here o te ihu—i.e.,
the star guiding “Te Arawa” to
New Zealand.
2. v.t. Guide. Tenei Poutu nau
i here mai (M. 197).
Hereimu = hereumu, whareumu, n.
Herengutu, a. Without projecting eaves.
Herepu, v.t. 1. Tie up in bundles.
Hereputia nga witi na.
2. Seize, catch and hold firmly.
Hereputia tonutia atu e au; te ! ka
Herepuru, n. Material for caulking a
canoe. Whakau rawa he herepuru
ano mo nga rauawa (W.M. x, 285).
Heretaniwha, n. Clove hitch. j| here (i).
Heretua = haratua. 1. n. A method
of adzing timber.
2. v.t. Bevel, chamfer. || J. vii,
131. Ki te kore e heria te heretua,
he aitua moku, mo te kai-tarai i te
Hereturikôkā, n. Third month of the
Maori year (Tuhoe). Also called Te
Toru 0 Hereturikoka by Ngatiawa.
Hereumu, n. Cooking - shed, kitchen.
= whareumu.
Heri = hari (ii), v.t. Carry.
Hēru = whēru.
Heru (i). 1. n. Comb for the hair.
He tohu ano i te mahunga o taua
tangata, he heru iwi (T. 182). Heru-
a-Maui, n. A puzzle made of the
leaf of flax.
2. v.t. Comb, dress, with a comb.
Homai he hinu kia herua au (T. 65).
heruheru, n. Todea superba and T.
Hymenophylloides ; ferns.
Heru (ii), v.i. 1. Begin to flow (of the
tide only). Kei te aha te tai ? Ka-
tahi ano ka heru mai.
2. Glide, as anything floating in
the water.
Heu (i). 1. n. Eaves. Perea atu ana,
ehara, titi tonu ki nga heu o te whare
(T. 81).
2. Brushwood.
3. a. Overgrown with weeds.
heuheu. 1. n. Brushwood. Katikina,
ka tirohia tetahi tangata kua ngaro
i te rauaruhe—koia a Te Heuheu.
2. a. Overgrown, obstructed, by
brushwood. Kua heuheu te huarahi.
|| maheuheu.

Heu (ii), heheu. 1. v.t. Separate, pull
asunder. Ka rere*‘mai taua tupuna
nei, ka heua ake, ara ! he tangata
(T. 11). Totohi atu ana te po i a
koe, heheu ana mai te ao i a au
(M. 132).
2. Clear off brushwood, &c. Ko
te kore toki hei tuatua, hei heu mai
(M. 230).
heuheu. 1. v.t. Scatter, clear away.
Heuheutia nga otaota i roto i te
2. Dispel effects of makutu. Koia
i heuheua ai e Taharakau ki ona
tarahau (Pi. 127, 6).
3. v.i. Be dispersed. Akuanei heu-
heu ai nga tangata ki te mahi.
Heuheu manu = hauhau manu. |j hau
Heuea, v. pass. 1. Be separated, dis-
engaged. Ka heuea te po, ka heuea
te ao (T. 4).
2. Be made free from tapu. Nona
te hiahia i tu mai kia heuea mai
te tinana, kia whakanoaia te tapu
(M. 188). Ka patua te tangata, na
kua heuea te whare pouri, ara te
whare potae.
heuenga, n. Means of releasing cere-
monial restrictions or of satisfying
ceremonial requirements. Hei heu-
enga mo te whare potae, ara kia noa
ai te tangata. This expression may
be explained as setting free, dispers-
ing the mourners of the whare potae ;
but such sense does not suit the fol-
lowing : Ka patua te tangata hai
heuenga mo te mate o tana tamaiti,
na, kua ea te mate (As a revenge,
compensation for the death of his
Note.—The word heuea is passive
in form, but the active heue does not
appear to be in use, and the expres-
sion kai-heuea appears in M. 73:
Ma wai e whai atu tona kai-heuea ?
II heu (ii).
Hewa (i), hewahewa, v.i. Be deluded,
be under a false impression. Kia hewa
ai nga hoa na te taua i kai (T. 94).
Ka hewa o tao e kore e whatiwhati
(M. 291). Ka hewahewa au ki te
i>.aohoanga nou na, e Hape (M. 97).
whakahewa, ad. 1. By stealth. He
haere whakahewa taku haere ki
2. As an apparition. To wairua
i haramai whakahewa, ka hua ake
tenei kei te ao (S.).
Hewa (ii), a. Bald (strictly, having the
top of the head bald). He mahunga
hewa.—He horo ki tuparimaunga,
he hewa ki te tangata kotahi (P.).
He mata hewa, having no eyebrows.
Hi (i), int. expressing contempt. Ka
ngaro noa koa nge Hatupatu nana i
topetope; hi! (M. 287).
Hi (ii), hihi, v.i. 1. Make a hissing
noise. Apopo kia pena nga kiri o o
tungane, hihi ana i nga kowhatu
kaka o Waikorora (T. 83).
2. Be affected with diarrhoea.
whakahihī. 1. v.t. Cause to hiss.
2. v.i. Whistle with finger bent in
the mouth, as done in hunting kiwi;
so hunt kiwi. Ka whakahihitia te
kiwi e te tangata.
Hi(iii). 1. v.t. Raise, draw up. Kua
hīa e ia te whenua ki te kauae o
tona tupuna (T. 23).
2. Catch with hook and line, fish.
Ka rewa te waka o ona tuakana ki
te hi ika (T. 20).
3. Lead a song. Ka hiia te waiata.
4. v.i. Rise. I te mea ka hi nga
whetu o te ata, ka mau a Whati-
uaroa ki te kaunoti tapu, ka hika
i te ahi.—Ka hi te pewa (His eyebrow
rose—i.e., He raised his eyebrows).
5. Dawn. Ka hi te ata (T. 55).
6. pass, hia, hiia. A hiia ana nga
wheua o Te Totokarewa e ratou hei
huti mango (They used the bones of
Te Totokarewa to fish with to catch
sharks) (W. v, 66). Kei hia e aku
pewa, kei akina e te waha (Lest sur-
prise should be shown at you in the
raising of my eyebrows ; lest you be
assailed by word of mouth) (M. 11).
whaka-hi, v.i. Jeer, sneer.
hihi, v.t. Pull up, draw up; pass,
hia and hiia. Hiia ake tou kakahu.
—Muri iho ka hia e ia te wenewene
! whenua, ka mate (T. 17).
whakahīhī. 1. a. Lofty. Ki nga ra-
kau whakahīhī o te wao (M. 76).
2. Spirited, enterprising. Kotahi te
tamaiti whakahihi, ko Horowhenua
(T. 197).
3. Vain, conceited.
4. v.i. Jeer, sneer, speak con-
temptuously. Ko wai tenei e whaka-
hihi mai nei ?
Hia (i), a, 1. Interrogative numeral.
How many ? E hia nga waka o te
ope ra ?—Ka hia motunga o te weka
i te mahanga ? (P.). When used
with reference to persons it generally

has toko prefixed. Tokohia ou hoa ?
Te hia ? which in order ?
2. An indefinite number. Several.
Kihai i hia nga ra ka u matou ki
Turanga (It was not many days
before we reached Turanga). Homai
he ika, kia toru, kia hia ranei (Give
me some fish, three, more or less).
Hia (ii), hiahia, v.t. 1. Desire, wish,
Ka hiahia nga tangata o taua iwi ki
te takaro ki a Tuwhakararo (T. 39).
2. Be in love with. Otira ko Te
Ponga, kua hiahia rawa hoki ki te
wahine ra (T. 167).
hiahia, n. Desire, wish, impulse, thought.
]\Ie tuku ki tona hiahia (T. 121).
Hia enters into various compounds,
such as hiakai, hiamoe, &c., denoting
desire, inclination ; these are treated
as separate words.
Hia (iii), n. Used to express surprise
and admiration. Te hia puta mai
o korua i te tai ki! (What difficulty
yoit must have had in coming through
on the high tide!). He atua, te hia
ora i te makariri! (What an extra-
ordinary fellow to survive!). Te hia
reka o te kai nei! (How delicious this
food is !).
Hiainu, n. Thirst. Ka mate a Te
Ponga i te hiainu (T. 168). || hia (ii).
Hiakai. 1. n. Hunger.
2. a. Hungry. Ka hiakai ika hoki
(W. iii, 97)- II hia (ii).
hiakaitia, v. pass. Be desired, of food.
., E kore tena kai e hiakaitia.
Hiako, n. Skin, hide, bark, rind. Ko
te tau o te patu a Karewa he tau
.kuri, ara he hiako kuri (W. iv, 181).
Hiamo (i), v.i. 1. Be exalted, be ele-
vated. Hiamo ana tera. te pa ra ki
runga, || huamo.
2. Be thrilled, excited. Nana, kua
hiamo te tinana i te hikitanga o te
pai p te mata o Ihenga (J. ii, 227).
Hiamo (ii), n. The topmost batten on
roof of house, to which the thatch
was fastened.
Hiamoe. 1. a. Drowsy, sleepy.
2. n. Drowsiness. He inati te
kore o te hiamoe i a āu i te whare ra
(W. iv, 119). || hia (ii).
Hianga (i). 1. a. Vicious, refractory,
2. n. Malevolence, deception. E ka-
wea ana koe e te hianga rere (M. 20).
Na Rupe tena hianga i mate ai te
tama a Rehua.
hiangatia, v. pass. Be imposed upon.
Kua hiangatia ahau e te kai-hoko.
Hianga (ii), n. 1. Act of raising. Ko
te hianga tenei a Maui i te whenua
ki runga (T. 23). Te hianga o aku
turi (M. 126). I) hi (iii).
2. The solo parts of a Maori song.
3. The meaningless particles e, ei,
i, &c., frequently inserted in a Maori
Hiangongo, v.i. Pine away.
whakahiangongo, n. Object of violent
affection. Ka koa ra, ka kite atu
hoki i te whakahiangongo o tona
ngakau (T. 165).
Hiapo. 1. v.i. Be gathered together.
|| hiato.
2. n. Assembly. E ahu ki te tonga
nga puke weherua roto te hiapo ki
te haukainga (M. 203).
whakahiapo, v.t. Embrace. Eharakoe,
e tama, he tau whakahiapo (M. 317).
Hiatangi, a. On the point of weeping.
He kawenga hiatangi noku ki a Ko-
purua ra (M. 319).
whakahiatangi, v.i. Be mournful. Kei
tae ki reira whakahiatangi noa (M.
206). (I hia (ii).
Hiato, v.i. Be gathered together. || hiapo.
whakahiato, v.t. 1. Collect together.
Kei te whakahiato nga pa katoa o
tenei taha o Whareponga ki roto ki
tona pa nui, ki Tokaanu (J. x, 22).
2. Reduce in size. Na te ahi i
whakahiato te motu rakau.
Hiawaero, hiawero, n. Tail of an ani-
mal. ||waero.
Hiawai, n. Thirst. Ka mate te ta-
x ngata ra, i te hiawai (P. 97). || hia (ii).
Hiawe, n. 1. Gloom.
2. A creeping fern.
Hiawero = hiawaero.
Hie, v.i. Shout.
whakahie, v.t. 1. Shout at for pur-
pose of driving away, &c.
2. Scold. Kei era nga kainga
whakahie o ratou (M. 219).
Hieke, n. A large coarse cloak of
rough flax. = mangaeka.
Hiemi, v.i. Pass by, go. Kua hiemi
te ope. || tiemi.
Hieweewe, a. Separated, disengaged,
divided. Ka riro te parakoka o te
muka ka hieweewe te muka, ko nga
kaka kau.
Hihi. || hi (iii).
Hihi. || hi (ii), (iii).

Hihi(i). 1. n. Ray of the sun. Koia,
ka maha haere ai ona hihi (T. 29).
2. Feelers of crayfish.
3. Long plumes ornamenting bow
of a war-canoe ( = puhi); they were
called hihi mua and hihi roto. Nga
hihi o Tainui.
4. Tentacula of Portuguese man-
of-war (Physalia).
5. A method of dressing the hair
in horns on each side of the head.
6. Suckers, thin shoots from the
root of a plant.
7. A cape with strings of flax hang-
ing loose : called also hihihihi. If
made entirely of dressed flax it was
called hihi-mā. E taua ana ahau i
taku hihi-mā.
8. Any long slender appendages.
Hihi tohora, whalebone, from mouth
of the right whale.
9. Pogonornis cincta, stitch - bird.
Tenei tetahi manu, he hihi, tarea
atu ana e Maui ki te tiki wai mana
(W. ii, 114).
10. a. Shy. = puihi.
whakahihi, n. Part of a fishing-net,
between the uru and the ngake.
hihihihi = hihi, 7.
II ihi-
Hihi (ii), n. Front gable of a house.
Taku turanga ake i te hihi o te
whare (M. 38). = ihi.
Hihikiwi, v.i. Shudder, shiver. Con-
sidered a bad omen before a battle.
Hihiko. || hiko.
Hihimā. || hihi (i).
Hihinga. hinga.
Hihipa. || hipa.
Hihipopokera, n. Mohua ochrocephala,
Hihira. || hira.
Hihiri. || hiri.
Hihiwa. || hiwa.
Hihue, n. Sphinx convolvuli ; a moth.
Ko te hihue, ’ he purerehua, he mea
rere i te po, engari ko tona kainga
tuatahi kai te whenua; ka.puta ake
ka noho ki runga ki nga puawai hue.
Hika (i), n. 1. A term of address
to young people of both sexes. E
hika e !—Ka ui atu te kui ra ki a
Huhuti, “ E hika, ko hea koe ? ”
(T. 164)..
2. Girl, davighter. Hei huna mo
koutou, e hei whakapani hika (M. 50).
3. Pudenda muliebria. He pu-
kawa kei taku hika ‘(M. 320).
Hika (ii). 1. v.t. Rub violently.
2. Kindle fire by friction. Ka-
tahi ka hikaia he ahi (G.-8, 27).
3. Perform certain rites with in-
cantations, kindling a fire being
generally part of the ceremony.
Katahi a Ngatoro ka hika ki te
pou mua. — Ka timata te rotu i te
moana, ka hikaia te moana, “ Hika
atu ra ki te hau e riri mai nei,”
&c. The incantation was also called
4. Copulate.
5. Plant. Ka hikaia e Ranginui
ko nga otaota hei taupoki mo te
aroaro o Papa.
hikahika. 1. v.t. Rub, chafe. Tango-
hia ake ana te iwa o nga kumara
hei hikahikanga i te ngao o Tutawa-
whanau-moana (T. 112). || 4, below.
2. v.i. Chafe. Ka haere, ka hika-
hika te tamaiti.
3. n. Line of descent. Hikahika
rnatua, direct line of descent.
4. A ceremony performed over a
new-born child. This is probably
the hikahikanga in the example
under hikahika, 1, above.
Hikaikai, v.i. 1. Move the feet to and
2. Writhe. Kia rore i te karaka,
ka hikaikai te tangata.
3. Be impatient. Ki te ki mai
koe kia riri taua, ka hikaikai au
ki tena mahi.
Hikaka. 1. a. Rash, brisk. Kaua e
hikakatia to haere.—Hikaka te haere
ki runga Taikoria (M. 205).
2. Incensed, malicioits. Kia ware-
ware noa to ratou ngakau hikaka
ki a tatou.
3. n. Anger, resentment. Na aua
kupu nei i kawe te hikaka a te
hunga taitamariki ra (W. iv. 113).
4. v.t. Incite. E, na te mahara i
hikaka ki te whakahou i ana mahi
(M. 244). Hikaka te ihu, show scorn.
Hikakatia ra te more o to ihu (M.
Hikanui, n. Strong north-east sea-breeze.
Hikareia, a. Dashing, forceful, violent.
Hikari, n. Calf of the leg.
Hikaro, v.t. Extract, pick out. Hi-
karohia te rakau nei i roto i toku
waewae. — Hikarohia nga mea ra-
- rahi o nga kai na. || tikaro.
Ilikei = hikoi, v.i. Step.
hikeikei, v.i. ' Hop.

Hiki. 1. v.t. Lift up, raise. Ka hiki
ake tetehi o nga waewae ki runga
ki te paepae ra (T. 35). Pass, hiki-
tia, be raised, rise. Tera Kopu hiki-
tia i te ripa (M. 7).
2. Carry in the arms, nurse. Kei
hea te kai-hiki o te tamaiti nei ?
3. Remove, take away. He rohe
hapai, he rohe hiki, he aitua; e kore
e toa te tangata hiki rohe.
4. Convey. Tenei te tini o Nga-
toro, tenei ta te atua, tana i hiki
mai (T. 90).
5. v.i. Start, jump. Ka hiki toku
poho (My heart jumped—i.e., I was
6. Slip, skip, in reciting a charm.
He aitua to taua, i hiki taku kara-
kia (T. 28).
7. Get up, set out, move. Hiki mai
i tera wahi.—Me whai au te hikinga
wae no Hihi (M. 118).
8. Recite the charm hiki. Nga to-
hunga e hiki ana (T. 160). || 9, below.
9. n. A charm for raising any-
thing from the water, or to cause
people to migrate, or to free the
hands from tapu. Katahi ia ka
hapai ake i tana hiki ake mo tana
ika kia maiangi ake (T. 22).
10. One of the motions or exer-
cises in huata drill.
11. The join or seam between two
widths of a floor-mat.
hikihiki. 1. v.t. Carry about in the
arms, dandle. Homai taku tamaiti
kia hikihiki au ki runga ki aku
turi (M. 250). Hikihiki i te hau,
part of the ceremony whangaihau.
This is referred to in the expression,
“ He wahinc whakarongo hikihiki ”
(A female captive who hears the rites
performed over her slain relatives)
(P. 3°).
2. v.i. Set out, start. Ko Ngati-
Paoa he hikihiki hoenga taua ki
Ngapuhi (M. 299).
Hikimoke = ikimoke, a. Erratic, rest-
less, shifting about.
Hikirangi, v.i. Be -unsettled. Tera c
reka te noho o te tangata e hiki-
rangi ana mo te haere ? || arangi, &c.
Hikitorea, n. Dirge accompanied with
extravagant gestures.
Hiko. 1. v.i. Move at random or ir-
regularly. Kia rite te haere : kaua
tetahi e hiko ki mua.
2. Stir, as birds at daylight. E
hiko ana te manu i te ata, ka
whakatika maua, ka haere.
3. Flash, as lightning. Tera te
uira e hiko i te rangi (M.M. 167).
4. Begin to shine, dawn. Kei
Turuturu ka hiko te ata i a maua.
5. Shine. Te ura o te kiri taku
e hiko atu (M. 203). Pass, hikoia,
be shone upon. Hikoia e te awatea,
ano he pounamu kei nga karupango
e titiwha ana (T. 159).
6. v.t. Snatch. Ka hiko ia ki te
taha, ka ringitia (Tr. vii, 49).
7. n. Distant lightning. Ara te
hiko e kowha mai ra.
hihiko, a. 1. Brisk, quick. Kiahihiko
te haere.
2. Joyous, cheerful. (Tar.)
hikohiko, v.i. 1. Flash repeatedly,
twinkle. Tera te uira hikohiko ana
mai (M. 401). Tera te whetu hiko-
hiko ana mai kei runga (M. 189).
2. Move from one thing to another.
HÄ«koi, v.i. Step. TÄ“ kaha te hikoi
o te tangata.—Nei ka hikoi te horo
ki Papango (M. 201).
Hikoki, v.i. Stagger. || tukoki.
HÄ«koko, a. Wasted, starved. Ka hi-
ko ko nga tamariki a Taunaha.
Hiku (i), n. 1. Tail of a fish or rep-
tile. Homai te hiku o taku tawa-
tawa kia pau (J. xx, 24). Oraora
kau ana ko te hiku kau (T. 160).
2. Rear of an army on march, or
of a company of travellers. Tau-
whiro mai ra te hiku o te taua (M.
197). Taihoa, kia tapeke mai te
3. Tip of a leaf, &c.; point.
4. Headwaters of a river. Also
hikuawa, hikuwai, &c.
5. Eaves of a house,
hikunga, n. Head of a river,
whakahiku, n. Present brought in large
quantities. Tenei taku kaki te tamina
noa nei ki tana kai, he whakahiku ki
tana kai, he whakangakô (M. 199).
hikuhiku, n. 1. Eaves of a house. He
toa hikuhiku whare e kore e kawea
te toa ki waho (P.). = ikuiku.
2. A bird.
Hiku (ii), n. Lepidopus caudatus, frost-
Hikuaru. || hikuwaru.
Hikuaua, n. The name of a pattern
of carving or painting : herring-tail.
Hikuawa, n. Source of a river. || hiku.
Hikumārō, n. Tail of a bird, rear.
Tera e tararua marire ona hikumaro
(M. 32).
Hikumutu, u. A small species of eel.
= matamoe.

Hikupā, n. Tail. Ka hau ki te hikupa
o te ika, ko Taumairangi (M. 194).
= hukipa.
Hikupeke, a. Hanging down a short
distance. Pukorukorua kia hikupeke
tou ki runga.
Hikurere, n. A small garment for the
shoulders. || pekerere.
Hikuroa, n. Train, retinue.
Hikutau — hukitau, n. 1. Head of a
valley or river. Whaia ana e maua,
a kei te hikutau o te wai nei ka mau.
2. End of a season. No te hiku-
tau noa nei taku i onokia ai. || hiku.
3. Extreme feathers (primaries) on
wing of a bird, particularly of kotuku
(Tr. xxiv, 454).
Hikutira, n. Tail, rear. Te takina ki
te hikutira (M. 172). || hiku.
Hikutoto, n. 1. Expedition to avenge
murder. Kua rongo te iwi no ratou
te kuia ra i patua i ta ratou kohuru,
a kua maranga mai te hikutoto ki
te patu i a ratou.—Kia tikina mai
e nga teina kia tauatia ki te taua
hikutoto (W. v, 22). || huki, huku.
2. Rites in connexion with such
an expedition. He whare hikutoto.
Hikuwai, n. 1. Source of a stream.
Hoehoe ake ra nga rahi a Te Whao
i raro te hikuwai (M. 401). || hiku (i).
2. Light early rains. He ua pu-
ehuehu, ka puta mai i te hikuwai o
te tau, ara i te raumati, i te wa e
ngawha ana te rata. (This meaning
and example are from a Maori; but
in the example hikuwai 0 te tau seems
to mean summer.}
Hikuwaru, hikuaru, a. Crooked, un-
symmetrical. Ka kino ona moko,
tapa tona ingoa ko Moko-hikuwaru.
Himoemoe, a. Acid, sour.
Himu (i), n. Hip-bone. = humu.
Himu (ii), n. The large posts of pali-
sades of a fort, carved in grotesque
human forms. || Wai. 54.
Himumaru, n. An opprobrious epi-
thet. Ko wai ra te himumaru i
raweke nei i toku whare. || kohimu.
Hina. 1. n. Grey hair. Ka tata ki
a koe nga taru o Tura, ko te hina,
ko te mate (M. 174).
2. Moon, personified. Na Hina
te po, na Hina te ao (W. ii, 80).
= mahina.
3. Dim light.
4. a. Grey-haired, grey, pale in
colour. Nga tamariki e kata ana
ki te kaumatua kua hina (M. 174).
5. v.i. Shine with a pale light.
Hina mai te whetu pukana nui o
te ata (Wa. ii, 65).
whakahina, n. Poetical expression for
grandchildren. Takoto mai ra, e
koro e, koutou ko o whakahina.
hinahina, n. Melicytus ramiflorus; a
tree. Ka pakaina ki te hinahina,
na, toro tou (Tr. vii, 38). — mahoe.
Hinaki, n. Wicker eel-pot. He ika
paewai anake hei tomo ki roto i te
hinaki (P.). Various shapes were
distinguished by the addition of
the words tukutuku, pa or whaka-
rūrū, korotete, and utu.
Hinakipouri, a. Quite dark. Ka hi-
nakipouri, ka huaki. || hinapouri.
Hinamoa. 1. a. Decayed, worm-eaten.
Ko taku ka tu ake nei hei titohea,
hei hinamoa, hei pakaru, ma koutou
e hanga ake.
2. n. Native rat. = hamua, hina-
Hinamoe, a. Sleepy.
Hinamoki = inamoki, n. 1. Native rat.
2. Hippocampus abdominalis, sea
hinamokimoki, n. Severe cold, catarrh.
Hinamoremore, n. A variety of ku-
mara. Ko nga ingoa o aua ku-
mara, he puwhatawhata, he turanga-
patupatu, he hinamoremore (W. iii,
Hinana, a. Staring angrily, looking
fierce; spoken of the features.
Hinana ana nga kanohi o Rewa.—
Hinana ana nga kape. — E haere
atu ana i te hinanatanga o te ihu
o Tongarewa (M. 242). ||manana.
Hinangi, n. A species of cockle.
Hinaonga = htmaonga, n. Son-in-law,
daughter-in-law. Katahi ano te hina-
onga i tahuri ake (W. ii, 8).
Hinapo. 1. n. Dimness of sight, par-
ticularly with regard to matters
supernatural: generally regarded
as caused by supernatural means.
Mehemea ka haere koe ki te riri,
ka pangia e Tu-mata-rehurehu, ka
puta koe i raro i nga kuwha o te
ruahine, hai whakahorohoro tena i
nga hauhauaitu, i nga hinapo.
2. a. Afflicted with dimness of
sight. Mehemea ka whakatenetene
taua ki nga korero o te tohunga ka
whakahinapo, v.t. Inflict dimness of
sight on. any one. Whakahinapo i o
mata (M. 428).

Hinapouri. 1. a. Very dark. Kua
hinapouri te marama.
2. Very sad. Hinapouri ka ahu
mai ai au, ka ruru ki te whare (M.
3. n. Darkness. Te ata tirohia i te
hinapouri (M. 352).
4. Sadness.
Hinarepe, n. Festuca littoralis ; a grass.
Hinarunaru = hingarungaru.
Hīnātoke, n. Any phosphorescent sub-
stance. || hinatore, puratoke.
Hinatore. 1. v.i. Twinkle, glow with
an unsteady light.
2. n. Any phosphorescent substance.
3. Young shoots of a species of
toetoe. Na te hinatore i wero toku
|| hinatoke, katore.
HInau, n. Elaocarpus dentatus ; a tree.
Ma wai e kai te hinau, te kame a te
kiore ? (M. 368).
Hinawanawa, n. 1. Papilla of the
human skin. Kua tutu te hinawa-
nawa, gooseflesh, caused by cold or
other causes.
2. Anger.
Hine, n. 1. Girl. Chiefly used in ad-
dressing a girl or young woman;
never used with an article or de-
finitive. Homai, e hine, te ahi kia
piua (M. 403). Kei hine ana au,
kei tama-tahi ai ki te whare (Lest
I should remain a girl} (M. 196).
2. Daughter. E hine a Ki (M. 36).
E hine aku (M. 89). Mo hine a Te
Kaho (M. 203).
hinenga, n. Girlhood. I taku hine-
nga kihai i takahia nga one ka ta-
koto kei Orua (M. 403).
Hineatauira, n. A flint-like stone used
for cutting purposes.
Hine-i-tiweka, n. The star Jupiter
(W.M. viii, no). = Parearau.
Hine-kaikomako, n. Pennantia corym-
bosa; a tree. = kaikomako.
Hinekōrako, n. Lunar rainbow.
Hinenga. || hine.
Hinengaro. 1. n. One of the internal
organs, probably the spleen.
2. Seat of the thoughts and emotions,
heart. Pupuke mahara e roto i to
hinengaro (M. 40). E kitea koia
nga whakaaro o te hinengaro ?
3. Desire. Kahore oku hinengaro
whawhai ki tena wahi.—I tukia ai
te hinengaro (M. 382). Ka turama-
rama ra e te hinengaro (M. 283).
Hinewaiapu, n. A stone with particles
of flint or quartz embedded in it.
Hinohi, hinohinohi, a. Compressed,
contracted. Hinohi te atua i taku
rakau ; ngawha te atua i taku ra-
kau nei (M. 307). || nohinohi.
Hinonga, hingonga, n. Doing, under-
taking. E kore e ngaro o hinonga
(M. 264). E kore e ngaro ona hi-
ngonga (S.).
Hinu, n. 1. Oil, fat. Homai he hinu
kia herua au (T. 65).
2. Game, such as pigeons, rats, &c.,
preserved in their own fat. Kei te
tahere nga pa ra i te kai, i te hinu
me era atu kai (J. xx, 21). Ko nga
huahua hoatu kia kainga, ko nga hinu
ka waiho mai ki a au (T. 60). Ka
ki te taha i te hinu ka whaiwaewae-
tia, ka tataia ki te huruhuru kereru.
whakahinuhinu, a. Glossy.
Hinga, v.i. 1. Fall from an erect posi-
tion. Ka hinga ki raro te tangata
ra (T. 39).
2. Be killed. Ko te kai he kuri
maori, hinga iho nga kuri kotahi
tekau (T. 139). Katahi ka patua,
hinga iho e rua, ora ake kotahi (T.
3. Lean. Kaua e hinga mai ki
runga i a au, ka pa iana he urunga
oneone (P. 46).
4. Be overcome with astonishment
or fear. Hinga noa ake ano onā
tuakana, hore he ngoi, hore he aha
(T. 15).
5. Be outdone in a contest. E
whai ana ia rangatira, ia rangatira,
kia hinga tona hoa rangatira. (Said
of contributing food at a feast.)
hingaia, pass. Be fallen upon. Kei
hingaia koe e te rakau.
whakahinga, v.t. 1. Cause to fall from
an erect position.
2. Letdown. Whakahingaiaetahi
o nga ra kia ata haere ai (T. 70).
hingahinga. 1. v.i. Fall frequently or
in numbers, as on a battlefield, &c.
2. n. Slaughter of numbers,
hihinga, v.i. Fall in numbers.
Hingarungaru, hinarunaru, a. 1. Un-
even, as of weaving which has
2. Lumpy, rough, as a rising sea.
He timatanga hau, ahakoa kaore he
hau, ko te moana e oraora ana,
koina te hinarunaru.
Hingongi, n. A variety of potato,
ftingonga. || hinonga.

Hioi (i), n. 1. Mentha Cunninghamii ;
a plant.
2. A nthus nova-zealandicz, ground-
lark ; a bird. = whioi, pihoihoi.
Hioi (ii), a. Thin, lean. ‘ = hiroki.
Hioi (iii).---
hioioi, v.i. Shake.
whakahioi, v.t. Shake, disturb. Kau-
aka hoki ra e whakahioitia, kei rere
au i te pari (M. 252).
Hiore = whiore, n. Tail of a. quad-
ruped. Toroherohe mai ana te hiore
(T. 27).
Hipa, v.i. 1. Start aside. I hipa koe
ki tahaki i ora ai.
2. Pass, go by. Kia hipa ki muri
ka titiro kau atu (M. 147). Te ma-
rama ka hipa nei.—No te hipanga
mai o Kahu i te pa o te iwi nei, ka-
tahi ka kohurutia a Kahu e ratou
(W. v, 60). Ka ki atu ia, “ Taihoa
tatou e haere.” Hipa kau atu ano
’ia, ka hoe nga taokete.
3. Exceed in length, surpass. Ka
. hipa ke tenei rakau ; kotia iho.
whakahipa. 1. v.t. Turn aside. Some-
times with a reflective signification.
Whakahipa ki tahaki, kei mau koe.
2. n. Head.
hihipa, v.t. Miss. Te tao a Tangaroa-
mahuta i a Tutawake i hihipa i to
whakahipahipa, a. Irregular, of differ-
ent lengths or heights. He taiepa
Hipae, a. Across, broadside on. Me
hipae te takoto o' te rakau. = tipae.
Hipoki. 1. v.t. Cover, as with a gar-
ment. Hipokina ki te kakahu.
2. n. Covering. || poki.
Hipora, n. 1. A rough flax cape.
= pora.
2. A coarsely made mat. Uhia te
. hangi ki te rautao, ki te hipora.
3. A rough basket in which eels
... are cooked. || tapora.
Hira (i). 1. a. Numerous, abundant.
2. Great, important, of consequence.
E hira au i nga tamariki ? (Am I
of more consequence than the young
men ?) (T. 202). Ka hira au i te
pounamu ka rua kakano.
3. n. Multitude.. Katahi au ka
kite i te hira o te tangata.
hiranga, n. Superiority,.excellence. Te
hiranga o taku āke mana, no Pare-
hirangi (J. ii, 230).
whakahira, v.i. Presume. He aha ra
ko au tē kai atu ai i te toa, i te
toa i whakahira ki te patu kohuru ?
(M. 117).
whakahirahira. 1. v.t. Extol, mag-
nify to depreciation of others. Some-
times used reflectively : extol oneself.
Ehara te whakahirahira o te tangata
ra ; katahi matou nei ka rongo i ena
2. a. Great, highly important. Te
upoko whakahirahira ko Rangitihi
(M. 193). E tama tapu nui, tapu
whakahirahira (M. cii).
Hira (ii). ---
hihira. 1. a. Shy, suspicious. Ka hi-
â–  hira au ki tena ara, kei mate au.
2. v.t. Go over carefully. Hihira-
tia te wahi i kino o te niao.
Hirairaka, n. Rhipidura flabellifera,
fantail. E rua nga tangata i kitea
e au, he hirairaka, he koko.
Hiraka, n. Zoster ops ccerulescens, blight-
bird, white-eye ; a bird. (Mod.)
Hiramai. 1. ------ Hiramai ai te whe-
kite o te rangi, hiramai ai te ngawha
o te rangi (M. 304).
2. n. The name of a charm begin-
ning as above.
Hiramuramu = koramuramu, ad. Out
of regular order, in an informal way
(of taking food only).
HÄ«rangi, n. Quivering of atmosphere
from heat. || koroirangi.
Hiratau.------ Ka puta ai te waipuke
hei auru i te rakau tu takutai wai,
ka hiratau ai taua (S. ii, 86).
Hirau. 1. v.t. Entangle, trip up. He
aha i hirautia nei e koe toku wae-
wae ?
2. Pull down anything by engag-
ing it in a forked stick (tawhara was
often so gathered). Me hirau atu
te ra koia, e haramai ra ? (P. 69).
3. Place the hand upon (a woman).
4. v.i. Be caught, be entangled.
Kei hirau mai taku pu i te otaota,
ka mate au.
5. n. Paddle.
hiraurau, a. Ragged', unravelled.
Hirautu, n. The name of a constel-
lation (Tr. vii, 33).
Hirawerawe, a. Irksome, cumbersome,
painful. Hirawerawê ana te wha-
tinga o toku ringaringa.
Hirawea, v.i. Trip, catch the foot in
anything. , Ko te hinga noa, ko te
mate noa, ko te tutuki, ko te pa-
hêke, ko te tapoko, ko te hirawea
(M. lxxix). |i'rawe.

HÄ«rea. 1. n. Slight sound; any sound
just audible. Ka ngaro te hirea o te
waka (The canoe could no longer be
2. Faint odour, pleasant or un-
3. a. Indistinct, just attdible.
Rongo hirea ake ahau ki te tangata
e karanga mai nei.
4. v.i. Make an audible sound.
Ina rawa te waha e hirea ana.
hirearea, n. 1. Indistinct sound. Na !
te hirearea waha tangata e mea
2. Stink of a corpse.
Hirere. 1. v.i. Gush, spirt. Ka hi-
rere taku toto ki runga ki to tumu-
aki koroheke (M. 300).
2. Rush. Ka hirere te waka a
Whiro ki te po tonu (W. ii, 17). Ka
kawhakina e te au kume, e te au rona,
c te au hirere, hirere ki te po (T.
3. n. Waterfall, torrent. Mewhaka-
oma nga hirere kei oho whano te
rumakina (S. 21).
Hiri. ---
hihiri. 1. a. Laborious, brisk, energetic,
assiduous. Hihiri marie koe ki te
haramai i roto i te marangai.—Ako
hihiri ai e roto ki te mahi (M. 120).
2. Laborious, requiring exertion.
Katahi te hihiri i a au ki te haere
ki reira ! (What work I shall have,
3. v.t. Eagerly desire, long for.
Ka rongo a Hinemoa, ka hihiri kia
hoe atu ia ma runga i te waka
(T. 132). Ka hihiri a Te Whare-
papa ki tetahi o aua mea.
4. v.i. Spring up, rise up (of
hiringa, n. 1. Perseverance, energy, de-
2. A name for the eighth month;
in full, Hiringa-a-Nuku or Hiringa-
Rangi. Ka mahana nga ra o te
Hiringa (P.).
hirihiri. 1. v.t. Repeat charms for a
variety of purposes. Ka hirihiria
atu ki te kauhou o Houmaitawhiti
(T. 127). Hirihiri noa au kia hoki
ake koe (S. ii, 80).
2. n. The name of such charm,
whakahirihiri. 1. v.t. Assist, relieve.
He kore tangata hei whakahirihiri
te riro ai te pēke paraoa.
2. v.i. Rely, lean. Kahore i pai
ki a au, whakahirihiri ke ki a Te
Hirinaki = whirinaki, n. 1. Wooden
buttress at back of upright slabs in
wall of a house (J. v, 147).
2. Old age. Mate hirinaki, die of
old age.
Hiroki, a. Thin, lean.
Hirori, v.i. Stagger. Hirori ana nga
waewae i te taimaha o te wahanga.—
Kua kore e pai te hikoi o ona waewae
kua hirori noa iho. || hurorirori.
hirorirori, n. .Pseudogerygone igata, grey
warbler. = riroriro.
Hita, v.i. Move convulsively or spas-
modically. Ki raro nei koe moe te
hita ai; moe te rawea ; moe-whaka-
rongo ake ai (K.). || Mng. hita, Ta.
Hitaka, n. Whipping-top. . = potaka.
Hitakataka, n. Rhipidura flabellifera,
Hitako, v.i. Yawn. E rua nga ti-
kanga o te hitako, he hiamoe ka
tahi, he hauhauaitu ka rua.
Hitamo, hitamotamo, v.i. 1. Reach
or stretch up at full length.—Hitamo
noa ana te tangata, tē tata atu te
tao ki te manu.—Hitamo noa atu
ana te ringa.— He hitamotamo te
noho o te manu (i.e., with legs and
body erect}.
2. Be tucked up (of clothes), not
hang down sufficiently. E tama, hi-
tamotamo ana tou kaka.
Hitara (i), n. A superior variety of
Hitara (ii). ---- Ka kopa i te hitara,
ka hira kei rung^, na namata i ako
mai te whaihanga.
Hitarari, intensive ad. used with mārō.
He maro hitarari (very hard}.
Hitari, n. Sieve. Ka tukia te hinau ka
opehia ki roto ki te hitari, ka ruia ;
na ka horo nga kiko ki te kete pai,
ko nga nganga ki roto i te hitari.
|| tatari.
hitaritari, v.t. Tease, provoke. 11 patari.
Hitau, n. 1. Short petticoat or apron.
Te paepaeroa o te whare, kia piki-
tia, kia kakea, ka makere to hitau.
2. Dressed flax. = whitau.
Hitawe, a. Long, tall. Whakairi ake ki
te manga rakau ki te whata ranei i
runga i- tetahi rakau hitawe (Ha. 77).
hitawetawe, a. Very long, very tall.
Hitawetawe ana te roa o to tangata.
Hiteki 7= hitengi, hitoki, v.i. 1. Hop
on one.foot. Hiteki atu ki ko. (The
action of a bird hopping is pekepeke.)
2. Squat with toes only on the

hitekiteki, v.i. Walk on tip-toe.
Hītenga, intensive ad. used with mārō.
Maro hitenga te oneone nei.
Hitengi = hiteki, v.i. Hop on one foot.
hitengitengi, a. Lifted up, raised. Noho
hitengitengi, squat with the toes only
on the ground. || motengitengi.
Hitoki, hitokitoki = hiteki, hitoko, v.i.
Hop on one foot.
Hiwa (i). 1. n. Light - heartedness;
shown in singing, laughter, and
jesting. Te iwi e hiwa haere nei.
[| Sa., Uv., hiva, sing.
2. a. Watchful, alert. Kia hiwa,
e, kia hiwa, e, whakahiwaia te nga-
kau o tenei pa (M. 108).
whakahiwa, v.t. Arouse. Whakahi-
waia te ngakau o tenei pa (M. 108).
Hiwa (ii), a. Dark.
whakahiwa, v.t. Lead astray, deceive.
Koi titi whakahiwa taku tama i a au
(M. 65).
hihiwa, n. A species of Haliotis (paua),
hiwahiwa, a. Dark, black. Hiwahiwa
ana te ata. || kahiwahiwa. || Ha.
hiva, black.
Hiwa (iii), n. A charm recited over a
new-born child.
Hiwa (iv), n. Steering-paddle.
Hiwa (v), n. A form of stone axe
used for cutting timber under water.
II Bui. iv, 133.
Hiwai (i), n. Open water in a swamp.
Hiwai (ii). a. Shooting up, springing
Hiwai (iii), n. Potato; a general name.
|| riwai.
2. n. = hiwaiwaka.
Hiwaiwaka, hiwakawaka, n. Rhipi-
dura fiabellifera, fantail.
Hiwanawana, a. Dishevelled, unkempt.
Hīwawā, v.i. Purl, babble, as shallow
water. || wa (iii).
Hiweka, a. Hanging.
whakahiweka, v.t. Hang up. Te mea
na whakahiwekaa.
Hiwera = hawera, a. 1. Burnt.
2. Brown or red, as if burnt.
Rara, kei te wahi e hiwera mai ra.
hiwerawera. 1. n. Quivering of heated
2. a. Gleaming red. Te rātā e
hiwerawera mai nei.
Hiwi (i), v.t. Jerk a fishing-line so
" as to hook the fish. Katahi ano
ka hiwia e ia, a ka tata ake ki te
papa o te waka (T. 117). Hiwia
mai ra te ika (M. 301).
Hiwi (ii), n. 1. Ridge of a hill. Tena
ā Matete te oma na i runga i nga
hiwi.—Naku i piki atu i nga hiwi
maunga ki Tuaahu-o-ure (M. 241).
2. Line of descent. Ko te hiwi ra
o aku tupuna (M. 299).
Hiwi (iii). 1. a. Weatherbeaten, old.
Whakairia te mutu kia hiwia.
2. n. Dead branch. Ko te tūtū
he mea takai ki te rimurimu ma,
kia pohehe ai te koko he hiwi, ara
he peka rakau kua hiwia. || kohiwi.
3. A pole fixed in a tree as an
attachment for a bird-snare. Three
forms of hiwi were used : hiwi ariki,
pou tauru, and kiira. || Tr. xliii, 466.
4. Old fish that have spawned and
are in poor condition.
hiwihiwi, n. Chironemus fergussoni;
a fish.
HIwiniwini, a. Suffering from aching
' pains. Kei te hiwiniwinitia au, kei
te mate au.
HÔ. 1. v.i. Put out the lips, pout, a
mark of derision. Ho ana nga ngutu.
2. Droop. Ka ho nga awe o te tai-
aha ki runga ki te takaki (J. xx, 22).
3. n. Shoiit. Heoi, ka tangi i ko-
nei te ho a te iti, a te rahi (T. 160).
hohō. 1. v.i. Drop, trickle. Ka hohō
te wai i te tangere o te ipu ; he
pakaru, koia i hohō ai.
2. Speak angrily, say ‘‘Hohd!”
3. Buzz. Ka ki te waeroa ki tona
taina, ki te namu, “Me waiho kia
ahiahi ka haere ai taua hei wheowheo
taringa, hei hoho taringa.”
4. n. Waterfall.
hōhō. 1. a. Standing out, prominent.
He taringa hoho.
2. n. A.large species of eel.
Ho. A verb used only in the compound
forms, hoake, hoatu, homai, q.v.
Hoā, n. Ocydromus earli, &c., wood-
hen : so called from its cry. = weka.
Hoa (i), n. 1. Friend, mate, com-
panion. Ko taku hoa koia tau e
patai mai na ? (T. 147). E hoa is
a general term of polite address."
2. Spouse, husband, wife. Ka
haere iā ki a Te Whatuiapiti hei
hoa mona (T. 165). In the case
of wife the explanatory wahine is
often added. Ka whakatatau raua
ko tona hoa wahine (T. 184).
3. Used to form the compounds
hoa-riri, hoa-whawhai, hoa-nga-
ngare, foe\ enemy. Jl,Kei tata ano
tonā hôa-riri (T. 68). These are
sometimes written as one'word. "

whakahoa, v.t. Make a companion of,
associate with.
hoahoa, n. 1. Spouse. Used also of
two women, wives of the same
husband. Ka owha mai te wahine
ra ki tona hoahoa (T. 187).
2. Wife of husband's brother, or
husband of wife's sister.
Hoa (ii), hoahoa. 1. v.t. Lay out, plan,
arrange. Kua takoto nga matua,
kua hoaina ra nga matua.—Na Po-
mare i hoahoa nga matua hai ma-
takitaki. || hoa (iii).
2. n. Pitch of a roof. Poupou
tonu te hoa o te whare nei.
3. Plan of a house. He mea kara-
kia te hoahoa o nga tara, te whaka-
ekenga o to tahuhu, te whakaekenga
o nga heke.
Hoa (iii). 1. n. A generic name for
charms for many purposes — e.g.,
hoa rakau, for rendering a weapon
effective ; hoa tapuwae, to render
an enemy powerless, &c.
2. v.t. Work upon anything by
means of such a charm. TÄ“ kaha
ia te whai i taua tangata, katahi
ka karangatia ki tana wahine, ki a
Rongotiki, hei hoa i ona tapuwae
(T. 119).
3. Recite a charm of this charac-
ter. Katahi ka hoaia e Tamure ki
te paepae o tona whare (T. 172).
II hoa (ii). I
Hoa (iv), hoahoa, v.t. Aim a blow at |
by throwing. Hoaina ki te kowhatu. I
Kia karo tama i tana rakau, kia !
• hoahoa. tama i tana rakau (M. 244). I
Hoake. 1. V.t. Give or bring to some
place connected with the speaker
but in which he is not at the time
of speaking.
2. v.i. Go on to a place connected
with the speaker. Ka mea a Tu-
tanekai, “ E ! hoake taua ki te
whare” (T. 134). || ho.
Hōanga, n. A kind of sandstone
used in the process of cutting and
grinding stone implements. Tenei
te hoanga te takoto i raro nei,
waiho kia oroia ana, he whati toki
nui (M. 37). Na ka ki te waha o te
hoanga, “ Kia koi, kia koi, kia koi,”
na kua koi (Tr. vii, 46). The terms
matanui and matarehu indicated the
coarse and fine grain respectively of
the hoanga.
Hoangangare, n. Enemy. || hoa (i).
Hoariri, n. Enemy. E hoariritia ana
a Kokako ki aMahanga (W. iv, 164).
II hoa (i).
Hoata (i) = huata, n. 1. Long spear.
2. Hail. Ka tutū te hoata o te
rangi.—Te pupū me te hoata homai
ki to kiri (M. 430).
Hoata (ii), Hohoata. 1. n. The moon
on the third day. E ! ka ara te ma-
rama, he Hoata (T. 55).
2. a. Pale, colourless.
Hoatu. 1. v.t. Give, away from the
speaker. Pass, hoatu. Ka tae te
tangata ra ki tana taurekareka ka
hoatu hei utu mo te ruahine ra
(T. 49). II ho.
2. Put. I hoatu ano ki roto ki te
rua (M. 199).
3. Put forth. Ka hanga he tari,
ka hoatu, ka potaria ki tona upoko
(T. 33)-
4. Give forth. Hoatu rawa ana
riri, hoatu rawa; te ngaueue, te aha
(T. 6).
5. v.i. Move on in a direction
away from the speaker, generally
implying that the speaker is abou t
to follow. Hoatu, me waiho maua
i konei, taihoa maua e haere atu
(T. 138).
Hoawhawhai, n. Enemy. Moku anake.
ano ena hoawhawhai (Tr. xxviii, 44).
II hoa (i).
Hoe. 1. v.t. Push away with the
hand. Tona pānga atu ki a ia ka
hoea mai. He ringa hoea, a suitor
whose addresses have not been ac-
2. Paddle, row, convey by canoe.
Ka rewa ki te moana, kautaina,-
hokowhitu ki runga, katahi ka hoea
(T. 56). Te hoe waka, the crew.
3. Hence intransitively, travel in
a boat or canoe, make a voyage.
Hei te po taua hoe ai, kei kitea
taua e te tangata whenua (T. 41).
4. n. Paddle, oar. Hoe akau,
hoehoe, v.t. 1. Toss about, scatter, reject^
2. Paddle about, make repeated
trips in a boat or canoe. Te tangata
nana i hoehoe te moana (M. 67). He
hoehoe waka te mahi a nga tamariki
3. Convey in a boat or canoe,
making repeated trips. Kei te hoe-
hoea nga hanga a te pakeha ki uta:
4. n. Side fins of a fish.

whakahoe, v.t. Wave the hand in
token of refusal, &c.: reject, show
indifference to.
whakahoehoe, n. An ancient form of
tattooing, suggesting basket-work,
which covered the whole body.
Hoehoe (i), intensive ad. used with
tumaro, of the sun at midday.
Engari mo . te ata ka whakau mai
ai, kia whawhai ai i te ra tumaro
hoehoe (M. xxi). || tuhoe, tuhoehoe.
Hoehoe (ii), n. A bivalve mollusc.
? = hohehohe.
Hoehoe (iii), n. Butt end of a bird-
Hoepapa, v.t. Eradicate, destroy.
Hoeroa, n. A weapon, generally of
bone, like a taiaha, but pointed at
the upper end, without any carving.
Hootere, n. Waif, upstart. Tena ko
tenei poriro hoetere, e hoa ma, me
kino tatou ki a ia (T. 135).
Hōhā, a. 1. Wearied with expectation,
importunity, anxiety, &c. Nawai a
hoha noa iho tetehi, tetehi (T. 166).
Ka hoha au i tau mahi whakatoi.
Hoha tahi! Hoha ki I expressions of
impatience. Ka kiia atu kia korero
mai, ka mea mai “ Hoha tahi ” (W.
v, 162). || tahi.
2. Wearisome. He mahi hoha
whakahoha, v.t. Cause to be weary.
Naku i whakahoha he moenga
mokai i tauwehea ai taua (M. 63).
Hohe, a. Active, strong. || ngohe.
whakahohe. 1. v.t. Invigorate, ener-
2. v.i. Act vigorously. Ka te riri
e aku hoa, naku nei i whakahohe o
mahi nei e namata (M. 364).
hohehohe. 1. a. Wrinkled with laugh-
ter. Hohehohe ana nga paparinga o
Ngapuhi ki a koe. I| ngohengohe,
2. n. Tellina. glabrella and T. alba ;
bivalve molluscs.
3. Panopea zelandica ; a bivalve
Hōhere = houhere.
Hōhō, hohō. II hō.
Hoho. ------
whakahoho. 1. n. An inarticulate call,
a sort of trill, to call attention. || J.
vii, 128.
2. v.i. Make such a call. Katahi
a Rangi ka piki, e whakahoho mai na.
Hohoata. || Hoata (ii).
Hohoeka = horoeka, n. Pseudopanax
cvassifolium, lancewood ; a tree.
|| hoia.
|| hoki.
|| hoko.
|| honi.
|| honu.
Hohonga = ohonga.
Hohopu. || hopu.
Hohore. || hore.
Hohoro. || horo.
Hohota. || hota.
Hohotu. || hotu.
Hohou. || hou.
Hohuhohu, v.i. Sob violently.
Hoi (i), n. 1. Lobe of the ear.
2. Fullness in a cloak to make it
fit over the shoulders.
whakahoi, v.t. Insert divergent threads
(aho) in the woof of a garment to
make fullness as above.
Hoi (ii), a. Far off, distant. Ka titiro
atu te rangatira o te pa nei ki tana
kotiro ka hoi noa atu (T. 170).
Kia kite noa au i te tuapae o uta,
i te tatanga, i te hoitanga (T. 71).
Hoi (iii). 1. n. Ear-wax.
2. a. Deaf, obstinate. Ngare noa,
kihai hoki i rongo ; ka hoi a Te
Kahureremoa (T. 143).
3. Noisy, uproarious. Kei kona
ka hoi a Kae ki te kata (Thereupon
Kae laughed uproariously).
hoihoi. 1. a. Deafening, noisy. Hoi-
hoi tahi koutou ! (What a noise you
are making!).
2. v.t. Annoy, contradict. E hoi-
hoi ana koe i a au.
Hoi (iv) = heoi.
Hoia, a. Wearied, annoyed. Ko toku
ata noho e hoia i tou tupore ? Ko
tou tupore ra e hoia i toku ata noho.
Taro hoia, a large variety of taro
hohoia, n. Annoyance. Kua tuia au
e te hohoia (I am, distressed with an-
noyance) .
Hoihere, n. Hoheria Populnea, lace-
bark. = houhere, houhi, houi.
Hoiho, n. Megadyptes antipodum,
yellow-eyed penguin. (This form is
not confirmed ; it is possibly an error
for hoihoi.)
Hōiki, a. Tapering. Ka hoiki tonu
te upoko.
Hoipū, n. and v.i. Blister. Ka ma-
ngeo nga ngutu, a ka huahua katoa
nga ngutu, ka hoipu.—Me te mea
kua wera i te ahi, a ka hoipu ake.
Hoka (i). 1. a. Projecting sharply up-
wards. Ka hoka te kapua.—He hoka
te whare (The house is steep-roofed).

2. v.t. Pierce. Te kapua hokaia ;
i runga o Raukawa (M. 60). I
3. Take on the point of a stick. •
Ka kai te tangata tapu, he mea hoka
ki te rakau tana kai; e kore e totoro I
tona ringa. â– 
4. Feint in using a weapon. Ka |
tu ra a Hurakau, ka hoka i tana |
patu (M. 126). 1
5. n. Stake to which a decoy |
parrot is tied. j
6. Screen made of branches stuck I
into the ground.
hokahoka, v.t. Stick in. He manu
koa nge au e taea te rere atu, e taea te
hokahoka he parirau moku (M. 62).
Hoka (ii), v.i. 1. Soar, -fly. He huia |
rere uru, ’a hoka ki runga ra (M.
182). Taku manu whakaruru ka
hoka ki te uru (S. ii, 58).
2. Run out, be paid out, as a net
from a moving canoe. Kei te hoka
te kupenga a Taramai-nuku, tokorua
kei te whiu. So, in passive, E hokaia
ana te kupenga ara e hoea ana kia
whawhe. !
Hoka (iii), n. 1. Lotella. bacchus, red •
cod. I
2. Genypterus blacodes, ling-fish, j
= hokarari.
hokahoka, n. A large fish.
Hokai. 1. a. Extended, embracing a |
wide angle. Takina atu ra kia whana I
ai o ringaringa kia hokai ai o waewae '
(M. 125). ;
2. Far apart. He hokai to 0110 o i
te taro. |
3. n. Breadth. Te hokai o te j
whare. 1
4. Diagonal, brace, stay, as crossed i
sticks to keep a hinaki in place. j
5. Spasmodic movement of the j
limbs, regarded as a good omen. I
6. Quill feathers. j
7. v.i. Go briskly. Ka hokai ai j
koe ki te puke.—Nau i hokai te tihi I
ki Tongariro (M. 41). |
hokahokai, v.i. Extend. Hokahokai
ana aku waewae ki te pakikau o j
taku whare. |
hōkaikai, v.i. Extend and retract alter- •
nately, as the legs in swimming. Ko 1
nga waewae anake te hokaikai ana. 1
Hōkaka = okaka. 1. v.t. Desire. Ko
te mea ia i tino hokaka ai ia, ka
haere ia ki a Te Whatuiapiti hei
hoa mona (T. 165).
2. a. Hungry, lean. Kat ahi! ho-
kaka tonu te tipu o te tangata nei. |
Hōkako = kokako, n. Glaucopis wil-
soni, New Zealand crow.
Hokarari, n. Genypterus blacodes, ling-
fish. || hoka (iii).
Hōkari. 1. v.i. Stretch out one's legs.
2. v.t. Move anything by stretch-
ing out the legs. E tama ! he aha
e hokaritia na e koe nga kakahu ?
Hokehoke = mokemoke, a. Lonely,
Hokehokeā = hongehongea, a. Out of
patience, wearied, bored. Roa noa
atu e whanga ana ki a koe, a, hoke-
hokea noa i te whanganga.
Hōkeka, n. Frenzy. Ka tu i te ho-
keka (/ am like a frantic person}
(M. 41). || keka.
Hōkeke (i) = houkeke, a. Obstinate,
Hōkeke (ii) = hakeke, n. Hirneolea
polytricha; a fungus.
Hoki (i). 1. v.i. Return. Katahi ia
ka hoki mai ki te whare (T. 13).
Pass, hokia, be returned for or to.
He kai e hokia (M. 180). Ka motu
koe ko tawhiti, ko wai e hokia mai ?
(M. 396). Ka hokia, he whanaunga
(P. 80). Hoki haere, recede, decrease.
Ka hoki haere te pupuhitanga o tona
poho (T. 18).
• 2. n. Restorative charm, for a sick
person, blighted crops, &c.
whakahoki, v.t. 1. Turn back, cause
to return. E Kupe e, whakahokia
mai te waka ki a au (T. 109).
2. Give back, replace. Ka whaka-
hokia te poupou, hunakia (Tr. vii, 37).
3. Answer. He aha tau i haere
mai ai koe ki konei ? Ko tana
whakahokinga, atu : “I haere mai
ki te inu ” (T. 169).
hokihoki, hohoki, v.i. Return fre-
quently. He hohoki atu, he hohoki
mai (P. 101). E hokihoki Kupe?
(P. 4).
Hoki (ii), ad. or conj. 1. Also. Ka
peke atu hoki a Turi ki te hoe (T.
in). Ka haere hoki ahau.
2. For, becatise. Ka noho ia ki
raro, ka pouri hoki ia ki a ia e ka-
taina ana e te tini o te Ati-Hapai
(T. 39). Ina hoki, as may be inferred
from the fact that, for. Ina hoki ka
ngaro noa iho nga tira haere atu o
reira ki Rotorua (T. 156).
3. To give emphasis to an assent
or affirmation, &c. Ae: me noho
hoki ra koe (T. 120). Ko wai tena
tangata ? Aua hoki: he tauhou ia
(T. 133)-

Hoki (iii), n. Coryphcenoides nova-
zelandice ; a fish.
Hōkikitanga, n. Head, source of a
stream. He mea hoe atu i te awa,
pa noa ki te hokikitanga (Ha. 127).
|| pukiki. !
Hōkio, v.i. Descend. Ka taea a runga I
o te maunga nei, ka hokio atu ki I
raro.—Te tino hokiotanga iho o te |
kaiaia ki te hopu manu mana. |
Hokioi = hakuai, hokiwai, n. An ex- I
tinct bird of noctural habits, held in |
superstitious regard by the Maori,
said never to be seen. || Tr. v, 435.
Pekapeka rere ahiahi, hokioi rere po
(P. 80). Tenei to piki, he hokioi i
runga, nga manu hunahuna, kaore i
kitea e te tini, e te mano (M. 205).
Ko taua manu he pena hoki me te
hokiwai, he manu whakangaro i tona
tinana (W.M. viii, 155).
Hokirua, a. Doubtful, vacillating. Kei
hewa te ngakau, kei hokirua ki nga
mahi (M. 272). j
whakahokirua, v.i. Quiver. Te uira
i te rangi e whakahokirua ana na
runga o Hakari (M. 163).
Hokitū. ----
whakahokitu, n. A charm to render
nugatory that of another.
Hokiwai (i), n. Extreme cold. Ka tangi I
ake te anu, te matao, te hokiwai o ;
te awa nei. I
Hokiwai (ii) = hokioi.
Hoko (i). 1. v.t. Exchange, barter, ’
. buy, sell. Te kore korirangi hei
hoko parawai pakipaki (M. 97). 1
hokona tona kakahu ki te poaka.
The price of the thing bought or sold
is preceded by the preposition ki.
2. n. Merchandise. He hoko tenei
ka u.
hohoko, hokohoko. 1. v.t. Traffic,
trade, exchange. E hoa, me hoko-
hoko o taua panepane, ko tou moku,
ko toku mou.
2. v.i. Alternate. Ka mohio au e
kore au e pro i te mate nei kua hoko-
hoko hoki ko te wa pai, ko te wa kino,
ehara ano ia i te pai, engari he ahua
ngawari nei.
Hoko (ii). A prefix used with the
numerals from 1 to 9 to signify
20 times the subjoined numeral.
In reckoning thus (hokotahi, twenty ;
hokotoru, sixty), topu (q.v.) was gene-
rally understood, especially in refer-
ence to an army. Katahi ka haere
hokowhitu te tangata, hokowhitu te
patu (T. 142). Hokowhitu, a hun-
dred and forty, is used for—(a) Band,
company, pa/rty, complement of men.
Katahi ka peke te hokowhitu ra,
hokowhitu, hokowhitu atu, ki tawahi
o te awa (T. 41). Ka whakatika nga
waka o te hokowhitu o Whakatau
(T. 41). Ka rewa (te waka) ki te
moana, ka utaina hokowhitu ki runga
(T. 56). Ka wehea hokowhitu hei
tiaki i ta ratou waka, hokowhitu ki
te ngahere Id to tarai haumi (W.M.
viii, 113). (b) Any large indefinite
number. Haere mai te manuhiri nei,
hokowhitu (T. 186).
Hoko (iii). --- Possibly connected
with preceding word. Kake mai
koe na Tirangi ki te hoko Ati-Puhi
(T. 180). Taku nei titiro nga ngaru
e horo o nga matakurae o Honipaka
i waho, ki te hoko Ati-Toa (M. 15).
Kei hau aku rongo te puke riri taua,
Kaiwaka i runga, ki te hoko Ati-
Kura (M. 99). Hei toko (te waka)
ki tawhiti te ripa ki Tauranga, te
au ki Katikati, ki te hoko Ati-Awa
(M. 169).
Hoko (iv), n. Lover. = ipo.
Hokoi, a. Beloved. Ko taku tangata
hokoi tera (S. ii, 70). || hoko (iv).
Hokoitinga, n. Childhood. Te wa tu-
tata ki te tau i rangia i taku hoko-
itinga (M. 196).
Hokokuku, n. Clematis sp.; a creeper.
Hokomirimiri, v.t. Stroke, pat. Heoi
ano ; tau ware atu nga ringaringa
ki runga i te pane hokomirimiri ai
(T. 159).
Homai, v.t. 1. Give to the person
speaking. Ka mea atu a Hoturapa,
“Homai hoki ki a au ” (T. 109).
II ho.
2. Bring. Na wai koe i homai
ki konci ? (T. 38).
3. To suggest a course of action.
Homai te kaeaea kia toromahanga-
tia, ko te kahu te whakaora kia rere
. ana (P. 32).
I Homanga, a. Greedy, gluttonous.
I Hōmata, n. Toy dart, thrown in the
I air, and therefore differing from the
neti or teka.
Home, n. A variety of kumara.
Hōmiromiro = miromiro, n. Petroeca
toitoi, tomtit; a bird. “He kanohi
homiromiro” (Said of one who has
sharp sight for very small objects)
Hōnā, n. Fruit of the Fuchsia tree.
Honae, n. Small basket or wallet.
|| rourou.

Hone (i), v.t. Plunder, acquire wrong-
fully. No te hone matou katoa.—
Ka rere a Ruawharo raua ko Tupai
ki roto o te kupenga ki te hone i
nga ika puwharu ma raua (J. xvi,
Hone (ii), n. ---- Ko te uma o te
kotiro ika whakaea, ano he hone
moana aio i te waru e ukura ana
hoki i te toanga o te ra (Pi. 133, 11).
Honea, v.i. 1. Be absent. Kahore
ahau kia whai iwi i te honeatanga o
nga tangata i haere mai ai ahau.
2. Escape. Kahore a Te Kooti i
mau i a matou ; i honea tonu.
Honekai, a. Gluttonous. || hone (i).
Hōnekeneke, v.i. Shuffle, scrape the
feet on the ground.
Hōnene=hunene, a. 1. Listless, ener-
2. Enervating. E to ra koia ko te
ra, ata honene mai ki taku kiri
(S. ii, 13).
Honi, hohoni, v.t. 1. Nibble.
2. Graze. I hohoni kau te matā,
kihai i ngoto.
3. Skirt round. E hohoni haere
ana nga tangata.
4. Devour, consume. Ka honia e
te mate.
honihoni, v.t. Nibble, scrape. He kaka
kai honihoni (P. 15).
Hōnia, intensive ad. used with ma-
ngere. Ko nga herehere o konei, he
mangere honia ki te hanga whare,
ki te hanga pa.
Hono(i). 1. v.t. Splice, join. Honoa
te pito ora ki te pito mate (P. 32).
2. Add. Honoa te.hono a te kiore
(P. ; J. xi, 129).
3. a. Continual.
4. n. A charm to repair broken
things, fractured limbs, &c. (M. 357).
5. A division in a kumara pit.
Hono (ii) = whano, v.i. 1. Be on the
point of. Ka hono nei au ka ngaro,
ka mate nei.—Kahore he mahinga
inaianei i nga ture mo te mahi
makutu, a ka hono ka wareware
(K.M. 22, 6, 4).
2. Proceed to do, go on. Kia
hono koe te heke ki raro (M. 315).
Hono (iii), n. 1. Assembly, company,
crowd. Unuhia noatia i waenga i
te hono (M. 12). Taku titiro noa
i taku hono tatai (M. 125).
2. Retinue, following. Kei whea
tou hono ?—Ehara ka riro' i a koe
te hono o Tu e moe nei (T. 43).
Honohonoā = whanowhanoa, v.i. Be
vexed, be annoyed. No reira ka hono-
honoa ahau.
Honu (i), hōhonu. 1. a. Deep. Ka
keri a Maui ki te awa, a ka honu
(Tr. vii, 39). Hohonu kaki, papaku
uaua (P. 31).
2. n. Fresh water.
honuhonu, a. Deep. Ka riro ki te tai
honuhonu (M. 60).
Honu (ii), n. Turtle (in a few ancient
songs). He takupu horo hau, he ka-
wau maro, e, he mowhiti moe paru,
e, he honu manawa rahi; ma wai e
ranga to mate i te ao ? (M. xcix).
Honuhonu, a. Nauseous. = nohunohu.
Hōngā = honge, n. Glaucopis wilsoni,
New Zealand crow: so called from
its cry. = kokako.
Honga, v.t. Tilt, make to lean on one
side. Hongaia mai te waka kei eke
ki te tahuna.
Hōngai = hokai, n. Stay, brace.
Hōngē = honga, n. Glaucopis wilsoni,
New Zealand crow: so called from
its cry. = kokako.
Hongehongeā = hokehokea, a. Wearied,
out of patience, bored. Ka mea a
Paoa kia hoki, ka hongehongea i te
nohoanga (T. 194).
Hongere, n. Channel.
Hōngī = hāngī, n. Native oven.
Hongi. 1. v.t. Smell. E kore korua
e ngaro, ka hongia ki te piro (T. 46).
2. Sniff. Ka hongi ki te mara-
ngai, ki nga hau katoa (T. 18).
3. Salute by pressing the noses to-
gether; incorrectly called rub noses.
Ka tatu ki raro ka hongi ki nga
wahine ra (T. 137).
4. Figuratively of trunk of a tree
hanging on the stump when felled;
regarded as a bad omen. || J. vii,
5. n. Topmost batten in the roof
of a house. (Tar.)
hongihongi, v.t. Smell. Kia noho tonu
ai te kakara i roto i te whare, hei
whakapai mo te whare mo te manu-
hiri, hei hongihongi hoki ma ratou
(T. 192). '
Hōngoi = hongai, hokai, n. Brace, stay.
hōngoingoi, hōngongoi, v.i. 1. Crouch,
as on account of cold.
2. Remain inactive in, frequent, a
place. Hongoingoi tonu mai ia ki
te kainga o tona hungawai.
Hongonui, Hōngongoi, n. The second
month of the Maori year.

Hōpara (i), n. Thorax, belly. Ka ngaro
ano ki roto ki te hopara nui o Toi-
tehuatahi (T. 107).
Hōpara (ii). 1. v.t. Go about, explore.
Ore ka hopara, ka haramai koe ka
pakirehua i ahau (M. 251). || papara.
2. Cover, traverse, a surface. E
noho ana a Tuanehu e hopara
makaurangi ana. (Of embellishing
rafters of a house, covering the sur-
face with spirals.)
Hope, n. 1. Loins, waist. A ka to nga
hope te wai (T. 120).
2. Main body of an army,
whakahope, n. Decoy parrot
hopehope, n. 1. Tattoo-marks on lower
part of the back. Tu te takitaki,
oti te hopehope ra (M. 127).
2. Side pns of a sting-ray. Kai
te hopehope whai e koni ki te ta-
huna one (M.M. 192).
Hopekiwi, n. Potato-pit.
Hopetea, n. Thais succincta ; a uni-
valve shell-fish.
Hōpēwai, a. Sodden, watery, of root
Hopi (i), n. Native oven. E kongange
ana te hopi. = hāngi.
Hopi (ii), hōpīpī = opī, v.i. Be terri-
fied, be faint-hearted.
Hōpiro, n. 1. A small basket of flax
or kiekie.
2. A basket used in certain in-
cantations. Kaua tou waha e ha-
mumu ki te whakahau kai mau,
engari patua ki te rakau, ki te
hopiro e iri ana.
Hopo, hopohopo, a. Fearful, appre-
hensive, overawed. Na konei ano
toku ngakau i hopo ake ai.—Ka kite
atu a Ureia i te mahi a Haumia ki
te kuwaha o tana ana ka hopohopo
ana whakaaro (W. v, 67).
whakahopo,. v.t. 1. Alarm.
2. Feint with a weapon. Katahi
ka whakahopoa mai ta nga taiaha
ki nga kanohi o Te Ikapoto.
Hopū, v.i. Be swollen, like a blister,
hōpūpū,' a. Blistered.
Hopu, v.t. 1. Catch, seize. Ka pa atu
te karanga a nga kai-hopu (T. 64).
Nana i hopu te mataika.
2. Snatch, catch up. Te hopuka-
nga iho a Rupe ki te tuahine me te
tamaiti, haere ana, ka riro (T. 34).
Te hopukanga atu ki te toki, tahi
mai ano i te ihu, a, te noko atu ana
(T. 50).
3. Take in the act, surprise, detect.
Ka tae atu te ope ki Maungapohatu,
ka hopukia e te tangata whenua.
hopuhopu. 1. v.t. Catch frequently,
catch one after another.
2. n. Phoccena communis, por-
3. Magilperusii. mullet. = kanae.
hohopu, hopuhopu, n. A toki carried
by chiefs of high rank as a mark of
Hōpua. 1. a. Depressed, like a cup
or trough.
2. Lying in pools. Ka hopua te
wai i te marae.
3. n. Porch, or verandah. Kei te
hopua o te whare e tangi ana (J. iii,
98). = whakamahau.
Hōpuru, hôpurupuru, a. Mouldy, mil-
dewed. || puru (ii).
hōpurupuru, a. Scented, diffusing a
Hora (i). 1. v.t. Scatter over a sur-
face. Ka tae mai nga tohunga ki
te hora rau ki te tuaahu (T. 90).
Katahi ka wetekina te hei, to tara,
te makao, ka horahia atu, ka hoatu
ki te mano e noho mai ra (T. 181).
2. Spread out. He hau roki mo-
ana, ka horahia atu aku paki (M.
157). Takoto te marino, horahia ki
waho (M. 70).
3. Display, make public. Kauaka
te korero e komuhua ki te tara
whare, horahia mai kia rongo te
rau e pae nei (M. 287).
4. Distribute lavishly. Ka hora-
hia nga pai ki runga i a tatou, i te
motu (W.M. viii, no).
5. v.i. Lie scattered about. He
kai au ka whiua, ka hora ki te whare
(M. 157).
6. Lie prostrate, as a corpse. Me
motomoto nga ihu me hora noa iho
(T. 90). Titiro ki te tangata e hora
ana i tatahi (T. 176).
7. a. Displayed, spread out. (For
the expression takapau hora nui see
horahora. 1. v.t. Spread out. Kite
rawa atu nga tuakana e horahora
mai ana i nga kakahu (T. 100).
2. Display. Horahora atu ai ta
taua kura tangata (M. 336).
3. a. Open, expanded. I te ringa
toro, i te ringa horahora (M. 352).
4. Widespread. Koe riri horahora
e te rahi Ati-Tahu (M. 407).
5. n. Astelia Banksii ; a plant.
= wharawhara.

Hora (ii), v.i. Go, flee, escape. Na |
hine a Te Tuhi, nana i hora atu ki â– 
runga o Mokoia (M. 50). || Sa. sola,
Uv. hola.
whakahora,ad. Headlong. Mehemata-
kokiri au e rere whakahora (S.).
Hōrakerake, a. Exposed, without shelter.
Ko wai e pai ki tena kainga horake-
rake ? he nui te makariri. || marake-
Hōrapa. 1. a. Disseminated through,
2. n. A hand-net for catching
kokopu, fish.
Hore (i), ad. 1. Not. Generally em-
phatic in prose. Hinga noa ake ano,
hore he iwi, hore he aha (T. 99).
Hore rawa, not at all.
2. Used generally in poetry to ex-
press intensity : how great. Hore i
te iwi ra te ora (W.M. ix, xo8).
Hore’ (ii), hohore. 1. a. Bald, bare,
deficient. He aha te ika i kore ai i o
mounu ? Ana, ka pono tonu ki te
tau hore.
2. Silly, empty-headed. He hore
tenei tangata, na hoki tona kata.
Nga mahi a te hore, an expression of
disapproval of such character.
3. v.t. Peel, strip off. Horea, e
Waha, to kiri angaanga (M. 347).
whakahore, v.i. Escape. Ka haere te
tangata ka whai i tetehi, ka whaka-
hore, ka whakatipa ke.
horehore. 1. a. Bald, bare, smooth.
Ko te pari horehore i Te Kanihi
(M. 146).
2. Erratic, given to vagary. Me
tangi, me aha to atua horehore.
3. n. Husk, peeling.
Hore (iii), n. Scrofula, scrofulous sore.
Karakia mo te hore (M. 43).
Hore (iv), n. Burial-place. Kia taka
te tau, kia pirau, kia takoto ko nga
iwi anake, ka kawe ai i nga koiwi
ki te hore, ara ki te toma, ki te
wahi tino tapu (J. xx, 18).
Hore (v), horehore, n. Certhiparus albi-
capillus, white-head ; a bird. Te ke-
reru, te tieke, te koropio, te hore, te
tititipounamu, me nga manu katoa,
he taura katoa a ratou. = tataihore.
Hore (vi), n. 1. A fabulous subter-
raneanmonster. =tuoro. || Wai. 31.
2. Sometimes applied to a big,
powerful man. Toke hore, tall per-
Horehoretua, n. ? Dry watercourse.
No reira e takoto noa a Tuna i te
horchoretua, kahore he wai (Tr. vii,
44). || hore (ii).
Hōreke, v.t. Throw a spear.
Horepatatai, a. Fierce, truculent.
Hōrere, n. Wooden mouthpiece at-
tached to a calabash.
Horetātā, a. Fierce, truculent. E
whaia ana koe ki te horetiti, ki te
Hōrete. 1. n. Stone. Kei huaia atu
he horete i mahue ki te maioro keri
nau e Te Paea (S. 71).
2. Native drill.
3. a. Slippery.
Horetea = horotea, a. Faded, pale.
Horetītī, a. Fierce, truculent. E whaia
ana koe ki te horetiti, ki te horetātā.
Hōreto, n. Ripe fruit of poroporo.
Horewai, n. A large species of eel.
Hori (i), v.t. Cut, slit. Horia te ta-
ringa o te poaka.
Hori (ii). 1. v.i. Be gone by. E hori
ana ano, e hoe ana te waka o Kupe.
—Nga mahi a nga ra ka hori.
2. As a local n. in the expression,
Ki hori I (Stand aside /).
Hori (iii), horihori. 1. a. False, un-
2. v.t. Speak falsely. Kei hori, e
te ngutu, kei tara e te rau (M. 202).
He aha tau e horihori ?
3. Mistake, misjudge. Ka hori a
Tawhaki he wahine no tenei ao ano
(T. 48).
whakahori, v.t. Disbelieve. E kore e
whakahoria to korero.
whakahorihori, v.t. Contradict, de-
nounce as false.
Hori (iv), horihori, n. A cloak with
black twisted strings here and there.
Hōripi, hōripiripi, v.t. Cut, lacerate, slit.
= koripi.
Horipū, a. Direct. Tera hoki tetahi
huarahi horipu mo tatou ki te ma-
tauranga (W.M. x, 199).
Hōrirerire = riroriro, n. Pseudogery-
gone igata, grey warbler. I whea
koe i te tangihanga o te horirerire,
ka tanu ai i tetahi kawei hue mau ?
Hōriri, a. Energetic. Horiri noa ana
ki te tupeke, nohea i taea ?
Hōrite = wharite, orite. 1. v.t. Mea-
sure, compare. Kei hea to pai i
horitea ki Himoki e tu mai i waho
nei? (M. 151).
2. Equalize.
3. a. Like, equal.

Horo (i). 1. v.i. Fall in fragments,
crumble down, slip, as land. Ka
horo te pari ki te moana.—E horo
ranei i a koe te tau o Orongomai-
takupe ? (T. 182). Pass, horoa, be
fallen upon by anything.
2. Drop off or out, as a number
of small articles. Ko te kumara
ka horo haere tonu i te huarahi
(T. 136). E kore e rokohapainga
ka horo ano nga ngohi ki raro (T.
3. Fall, be taken, as a fortress, &c.
Apitiria tonutanga atu ko te pa ka
horo (T. 91). Katahi ka tomokia te
pa, ka horo tetehi ngerengere (T. 66).
4. Fall off, waste away. Tu ana
. nga kohi anake, ka horo nga kiko,
. ko te tohu o te mate na (M. 281).
5. Break, as a wave. Taku nei
titiro nga ngaru e horo o nga mata-
kurae o Honipaka i waho (M. 15).
6. Differ. Kihai i horo ; ina ko
te ahua tonu tena (T. 61).
7. v.t. Cause to crumble down.
Horoa te oneone o runga.
8. n. Landslip. Horo maunga ki
tua, pakira ki tangata kotahi (P.).
whakahoro. 1. v.t. Cause to crumble
2. Scatter, cause to drop. Katahi
ka piki ki runga Id te rakau ki te
whakahoro iho i nga kawai ki raro.
3. Take to pieces. Ka whaka-
horoa i reira te waka nei, a Aotea
(T. 112).
4. Let down, cause to slip off. Ka
tae a Tutanekai ki tetehi o ona
kakahu, ka whakahoroa atu ki a
ia (T. 134).
5. Slack off, pay out a line. He
manu aute au e taea te whakahoro
ki te aho tamiro (M. 220).
6. Put off, delay. Poroaki, tu-
tata; whakahoro ki tau ke (P. 81).
7. Make free from tapu. He tu-
āhu uruuru tapu ena, whakahoro
ranei i nga tapu o etahi tangata
(W.W. 4).
8. Free from obstructions, clear.
He whakahoro i nga taringa, i nga
mahara o nga akonga kua uru nei
ki te whare wananga (W.W. 6).
9. Pass on, hand down, as tra-
ditions. Ka tino oti rawa te Kawae-
runga me ona take katoa te whaka-
horo ki nga tamaroa (W.W. 6).
10. n. A large variety of kumara;
possibly in allusion to the story of
the “ Horouta” canoe.
horohoro. 1. v.t. Remove ceremonial
restrictions, &c., from an article.
I te ata ka huhua te purenga ra,
whakamama rawa, horohoro rawa,
ka noa (M. xx). Ma tona ariki e
horohoro e ora ai.
2. v.i. Be shattered. Kei to ngaru
horohoro Id te pari (M. 107).
3. n. A species of seaweed.
horonga, horohoronga, n. Food eaten
by the priest in the ceremony of
horohoro. Ka mate te tupapaku,
ka taona te horonga, ka kainga e
tona ariki ; ko reira ora ai.
whakahorohoro, v.t. 1. Abolish, do
away with, by occult means. Kia
rua nga tau ka whakahorohoro ai
nga tapu (M. 187). Ka puta koe i
raro i nga kuwha o te ruahine, hai
whakahorohoro tena i nga hauhau-
aitu, i nga hinapo.
2. Slack off, pay out a line. Ka
whakahorohoro a Ruatapu i- tana
manu taratahi.—I waho ano katukua
nga punga o nga waka, ka whaka-
horohorotia ki uta (A flowed the canoes
to move by paying out the cables).—He
whai, he tioriori, he whakahorohoro
Horo (ii). 1. v.i. ’ Run, flee, escape.
Tukua atu ana te taua kia horo ki
waho (T. 67). Ka takahia e Ta-
whaki, ka horo ki waho ki te moana
(W. i, 90). Te ohonga ake i te ata ka
matakina te pa, kahore he tangata o
roto, kua horo nga tane, nga wahine.
2. a. Quick. Kia horo te tahuti
(S. 106).
hohoro, a. Quick, speedy. He kara-
kia whakapoto i te po, kia hohoro
te awatea (M. 432). Ko koutou ki
mua, e kore au e hohoro (T. 50).
Tikina atu kia hohoro mai (T. 85).
whakahohoro, v.t. Hurry, hasten.
whakahorohoro, v.t. Provoke, chal-
Horo (iii) = horomi, v.t. Swallow. Ka
kitea tona puku e horo nei i nga
uri o Tiki (T. 152). Ko te ara horo-
manga ano tera o te tangata kei reira
(T. 162). Pass, horomia.
I Horoeka = hohoeka, n. Pseudopanax
\ crassifolium ; a tree.
I Horohororē.-----
j whakahorohororē, v.t. Stint. Kia ka-
ranga mai taku hoa ki a au, “ Tikina
etahi o nga kai na hai kinaki ma
taua.” Ka whakahokia e au, “ Te
: whakahorohororē hoki, waiho kia
nui ana.”